Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management / Canadian Western Bank / FY2008 Annual Report

Canadian Western Bank
Annual Report 2008

CWB · TSX Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker CWB
Exchange TSX
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2008 Annual Report · Canadian Western Bank
Loading PDF…
c
a
n
a
d
i
a
n
w
e
s
t
e
r
n
b
a
n
k
2
0
0
8
a
n
n
u
a
l
r
e
p
o
r
t

i

i

w
n
n
n
g
t
h
e
w
e
s
t
f
o
r
2
5
y
e
a
r
s

for

years

CANADIAN
WESTERN 
BANK GROUP

BANK · TRUST · INSURANCE

CCWWBB

CANADIAN WESTERN BANK GROUP

BANK · TRUST · INSURANCE

CCWWBB

2008 annual report    

25 
25 
YEARS 
YEARS 
AGO...
AGO...

...we made a promise to western 
...we made a promise to western 
Canadians: we will invest our allegiance, 
Canadians: we will invest our allegiance, 
our resources and our future in Western 
our resources and our future in Western 
Canada; we will support the endeavours 
Canada; we will support the endeavours 
of individuals and businesses in the west; 
of individuals and businesses in the west; 
we will work diligently to win the trust 
we will work diligently to win the trust 
and loyalty of our employees, customers 
and loyalty of our employees, customers 
and shareholders; we will create ongoing 
and shareholders; we will create ongoing 
opportunities for all stakeholders.
opportunities for all stakeholders.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OUR HISTORY OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

FIVE YEAR FINANCIAL SUMMARY

total assets ($ millions)

total loans ($ millions)

12,000

10,000

8,000

6,000

4,000

4,919

5,705

10,601

9,525

7,268

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

10,000

8,000

6,000

4,000

2,000

0

8,624

7,406

5,782

4,590

3,930

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

total revenues (teb) ($ millions)

net income ($ millions)

299

273

222

186

152

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

provision for credit losses
(as a percentage of average loans)

0.25% 0.24%

0.20%

0.16%

0.15%

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

100

75

50

25

0

102

96

72

54

44

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

efficiency ratio (teb)
(expenses to revenues)

49.5% 48.6% 46.0% 44.6%

45.2%

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2,000

0

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

1.00

0.75

0.50

0.25

0.00

($	thousands,	except	per	share	amounts)
($ thousands, except per share amounts)

Results of Operations
Net	interest	income	(teb)(1)
Less	teb	adjustment
Net	interest	income	per	financial	statements
Other	income
Total	revenues	(teb)
Total	revenues
Net	income
Return	on	common	shareholders’	equity(2)
Return	on	average	total	assets(3)
Per Common Share(4)
Average	common	shares	outstanding	(thousands)
Earnings	per	share

Basic
Diluted
Dividends(5)
Book	value
Market	price

High
Low
				Close

Balance Sheet and Off-Balance Sheet Summary
Assets
Cash	resources,	securities	and	repurchase	agreements
Loans
Deposits
Subordinated	debentures
Shareholders’	equity
Assets	under	administration

Capital Adequacy
Tangible	common	equity	to	risk-weighted	assets(6)
Tier	1	ratio(7)
Total	ratio(7)

Other Information
Efficiency	ratio	(teb)(8)
Efficiency	ratio
Net	interest	margin	(teb)(9)
Net	interest	margin
Provision	for	credit	losses

as	a	percentage	of	average	loans

Net	impaired	loans	as	a	percentage	of	total	loans
Number	of	full-time	equivalent	staff	
Number	of	bank	branches

	 $	

	 $	

2008	

2007	

2006	

2005	

2004	

	 $	

	228,617
5,671
222,946
70,240
298,857
293,186
102,019

	 $	

	 $	

	 $	

210,659
5,410
205,249
62,821
273,480
268,070
96,282

168,684
4,078
164,606
53,086
221,770
217,692
72,007

140,320
3,975
136,345
45,561
185,881
181,906
54,391

117,236
3,898
113,338
35,052
152,288
148,390
44,161

15.9% 	 	
1.03

17.4% 	 	
1.18

14.8% 	 	
1.12

12.7% 	 	
1.03

12.9%
0.97

	 $	

63,214

	1.61
1.58
0.4200
10.70

32.20
14.67
18.44

62,354

61,514

60,394

53,564

	 $	

1.54
1.50
0.3400
9.48

30.86
20.78
30.77

	 $	

1.17
1.13
0.2500
8.39

22.78
16.64
21.15

	 $	

0.90
0.87
0.1900
7.48

20.35
11.04
17.60

0.83
0.75
0.1875
6.73

12.07
9.57
11.92

	 $	 10,600,732
1,798,137
8,624,069
9,245,719
375,000
679,148
4,347,723

	 $	 9,525,040
1,961,241
7,405,580
8,256,918
390,000
595,493
4,283,900

	 $	 7,268,360
1,332,987
5,781,837
6,297,007
198,126
519,530
3,344,414

	 $	 5,705,028
976,000
4,590,263
4,913,307
128,126
457,990
2,649,065

	 $	 4,918,895
848,179
3,930,114
4,267,788
110,600
367,589
1,759,473

7.7% 	 	
8.9 	 	
13.5 	 	

45.2% 	 	
46.1 	 	
2.30 	 	
2.25 	 	

0.15	
	0.19	
	1,284	
36	

7.7% 	 	
9.1 	 	
13.7 	 	

44.6% 	 	
45.5 	 	
2.58 	 	
2.51 	 	

0.16	
(0.57)
1,185	
35	

8.6% 	 	
10.1 	 	
13.7 	 	

46.0% 	 	
46.9 	 	
2.62 	 	
2.56 	 	

0.20	
	(0.75)
1,097	
33	

9.7% 	 	
9.7 	 	
12.4 	 	

48.6% 	 	
49.7 	 	
2.66 	 	
2.59 	 	

0.24	
	(0.68)
	999	
31	

9.0%
9.0
11.8

49.5%
50.8
2.57
2.48

0.25
	(0.36)
	936	
	29	

(1)  Most banks analyze revenue on a taxable equivalent basis (teb) to permit uniform measurement and comparison of net interest income. Net interest income (as presented in the consolidated statement of income) 

includes tax-exempt income on certain securities. Since this income is not taxable, the rate of interest or dividend received is significantly lower than would apply to a loan or security of the same amount. The adjustment 
to taxable equivalent basis increases interest income and the provision for income taxes to what they would have been had the tax-exempt securities been taxed at the statutory rate. The taxable equivalent basis does 
not have a standardized meaning prescribed by generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and, therefore, may not be comparable to similar measures presented by other banks.

(2)  Return on shareholders’ equity is calculated as net income divided by average shareholders’ equity.
(3)  Return on assets is calculated as net income divided by average total assets.
(4)  Stock dividends effecting a two-for-one split of the Bank’s common shares were paid in 2005 and 2007. All prior period common share and per common share information has been restated to reflect these effective splits.
(5)  The dividend policy was amended to be quarterly instead of semi-annually during the first quarter of fiscal 2004. The dividend rate for fiscal 2004 appears unusually high as it includes the last semi-annual dividend of 

$0.0750 per share paid in the first quarter and quarterly dividends of $0.0375 paid in subsequent quarters.

(6)  Tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets is calculated as shareholders’ equity less trust subsidiary goodwill divided by risk-weighted assets, calculated in accordance with guidelines issued by the Office of the 
Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada (OSFI). As of November 1, 2007, OSFI adopted a new capital management framework called Basel II and capital is now managed and reported in accordance with those 
requirements. Prior year ratios have been calculated using the previous framework.

(7)  Tier 1 and total capital adequacy ratios are calculated in accordance with guidelines issued by OSFI. As of November 1, 2007, OSFI adopted a new capital management framework called Basel II and capital is now managed 

and reported in accordance with those requirements. Prior year ratios have been calculated using the previous framework. 

(8)  Efficiency ratio is calculated as non-interest expenses divided by total revenues.
(9)  Net interest margin is calculated as net interest income divided by average total assets.

The front end of this annual report was printed on TopKote

ISO 14001 certified, Manufactured using primarily renewable energy sources, Contains 
20-30% Pre-consumer waste, Alternative Fiber: 75% Eucalyptus and 15% Acacia, Acid Free, 
Elemental Chlorine Free

The MD&A and the Financial Statements of this annual report were printed on Synergy

Elemental Chlorine Free, Archival, Acid Free, 100% Post-consumer waste, Elemental Chlorine Free

DESIGNED BY VISION CREATIVE INC.     WWW.VISIONCREATIVEINC.COM

	 	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
			
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
			
			
	 	
	 	
	 		
	 		
	 		
	 		
	 	
OUR HISTORY OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

FIVE YEAR FINANCIAL SUMMARY

total assets ($ millions)

total loans ($ millions)

12,000

10,000

8,000

6,000

4,000

4,919

5,705

10,601

9,525

7,268

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

10,000

8,000

6,000

4,000

2,000

0

8,624

7,406

5,782

4,590

3,930

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

total revenues (teb) ($ millions)

net income ($ millions)

299

273

222

186

152

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

provision for credit losses
(as a percentage of average loans)

0.25% 0.24%

0.20%

0.16%

0.15%

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

100

75

50

25

0

102

96

72

54

44

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

efficiency ratio (teb)
(expenses to revenues)

49.5% 48.6% 46.0% 44.6%

45.2%

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2,000

0

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

1.00

0.75

0.50

0.25

0.00

($	thousands,	except	per	share	amounts)
($ thousands, except per share amounts)

Results of Operations
Net	interest	income	(teb)(1)
Less	teb	adjustment
Net	interest	income	per	financial	statements
Other	income
Total	revenues	(teb)
Total	revenues
Net	income
Return	on	common	shareholders’	equity(2)
Return	on	average	total	assets(3)
Per Common Share(4)
Average	common	shares	outstanding	(thousands)
Earnings	per	share

Basic
Diluted
Dividends(5)
Book	value
Market	price

High
Low
				Close

Balance Sheet and Off-Balance Sheet Summary
Assets
Cash	resources,	securities	and	repurchase	agreements
Loans
Deposits
Subordinated	debentures
Shareholders’	equity
Assets	under	administration

Capital Adequacy
Tangible	common	equity	to	risk-weighted	assets(6)
Tier	1	ratio(7)
Total	ratio(7)

Other Information
Efficiency	ratio	(teb)(8)
Efficiency	ratio
Net	interest	margin	(teb)(9)
Net	interest	margin
Provision	for	credit	losses

as	a	percentage	of	average	loans

Net	impaired	loans	as	a	percentage	of	total	loans
Number	of	full-time	equivalent	staff	
Number	of	bank	branches

	 $	

	 $	

2008	

2007	

2006	

2005	

2004	

	 $	

	228,617
5,671
222,946
70,240
298,857
293,186
102,019

	 $	

	 $	

	 $	

210,659
5,410
205,249
62,821
273,480
268,070
96,282

168,684
4,078
164,606
53,086
221,770
217,692
72,007

140,320
3,975
136,345
45,561
185,881
181,906
54,391

117,236
3,898
113,338
35,052
152,288
148,390
44,161

15.9% 	 	
1.03

17.4% 	 	
1.18

14.8% 	 	
1.12

12.7% 	 	
1.03

12.9%
0.97

	 $	

63,214

	1.61
1.58
0.4200
10.70

32.20
14.67
18.44

62,354

61,514

60,394

53,564

	 $	

1.54
1.50
0.3400
9.48

30.86
20.78
30.77

	 $	

1.17
1.13
0.2500
8.39

22.78
16.64
21.15

	 $	

0.90
0.87
0.1900
7.48

20.35
11.04
17.60

0.83
0.75
0.1875
6.73

12.07
9.57
11.92

	 $	 10,600,732
1,798,137
8,624,069
9,245,719
375,000
679,148
4,347,723

	 $	 9,525,040
1,961,241
7,405,580
8,256,918
390,000
595,493
4,283,900

	 $	 7,268,360
1,332,987
5,781,837
6,297,007
198,126
519,530
3,344,414

	 $	 5,705,028
976,000
4,590,263
4,913,307
128,126
457,990
2,649,065

	 $	 4,918,895
848,179
3,930,114
4,267,788
110,600
367,589
1,759,473

7.7% 	 	
8.9 	 	
13.5 	 	

45.2% 	 	
46.1 	 	
2.30 	 	
2.25 	 	

0.15	
	0.19	
	1,284	
36	

7.7% 	 	
9.1 	 	
13.7 	 	

44.6% 	 	
45.5 	 	
2.58 	 	
2.51 	 	

0.16	
(0.57)
1,185	
35	

8.6% 	 	
10.1 	 	
13.7 	 	

46.0% 	 	
46.9 	 	
2.62 	 	
2.56 	 	

0.20	
	(0.75)
1,097	
33	

9.7% 	 	
9.7 	 	
12.4 	 	

48.6% 	 	
49.7 	 	
2.66 	 	
2.59 	 	

0.24	
	(0.68)
	999	
31	

9.0%
9.0
11.8

49.5%
50.8
2.57
2.48

0.25
	(0.36)
	936	
	29	

(1)  Most banks analyze revenue on a taxable equivalent basis (teb) to permit uniform measurement and comparison of net interest income. Net interest income (as presented in the consolidated statement of income) 

includes tax-exempt income on certain securities. Since this income is not taxable, the rate of interest or dividend received is significantly lower than would apply to a loan or security of the same amount. The adjustment 
to taxable equivalent basis increases interest income and the provision for income taxes to what they would have been had the tax-exempt securities been taxed at the statutory rate. The taxable equivalent basis does 
not have a standardized meaning prescribed by generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and, therefore, may not be comparable to similar measures presented by other banks.

(2)  Return on shareholders’ equity is calculated as net income divided by average shareholders’ equity.
(3)  Return on assets is calculated as net income divided by average total assets.
(4)  Stock dividends effecting a two-for-one split of the Bank’s common shares were paid in 2005 and 2007. All prior period common share and per common share information has been restated to reflect these effective splits.
(5)  The dividend policy was amended to be quarterly instead of semi-annually during the first quarter of fiscal 2004. The dividend rate for fiscal 2004 appears unusually high as it includes the last semi-annual dividend of 

$0.0750 per share paid in the first quarter and quarterly dividends of $0.0375 paid in subsequent quarters.

(6)  Tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets is calculated as shareholders’ equity less trust subsidiary goodwill divided by risk-weighted assets, calculated in accordance with guidelines issued by the Office of the 
Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada (OSFI). As of November 1, 2007, OSFI adopted a new capital management framework called Basel II and capital is now managed and reported in accordance with those 
requirements. Prior year ratios have been calculated using the previous framework.

(7)  Tier 1 and total capital adequacy ratios are calculated in accordance with guidelines issued by OSFI. As of November 1, 2007, OSFI adopted a new capital management framework called Basel II and capital is now managed 

and reported in accordance with those requirements. Prior year ratios have been calculated using the previous framework. 

(8)  Efficiency ratio is calculated as non-interest expenses divided by total revenues.
(9)  Net interest margin is calculated as net interest income divided by average total assets.

The front end of this annual report was printed on TopKote

ISO 14001 certified, Manufactured using primarily renewable energy sources, Contains 
20-30% Pre-consumer waste, Alternative Fiber: 75% Eucalyptus and 15% Acacia, Acid Free, 
Elemental Chlorine Free

The MD&A and the Financial Statements of this annual report were printed on Synergy

Elemental Chlorine Free, Archival, Acid Free, 100% Post-consumer waste, Elemental Chlorine Free

DESIGNED BY VISION CREATIVE INC.     WWW.VISIONCREATIVEINC.COM

	 	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
			
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
			
			
	 	
	 	
	 		
	 		
	 		
	 		
	 	
c
a
n
a
d
i
a
n
w
e
s
t
e
r
n
b
a
n
k
2
0
0
8
a
n
n
u
a
l
r
e
p
o
r
t

i

i

w
n
n
n
g
t
h
e
w
e
s
t
f
o
r
2
5
y
e
a
r
s

for

years

CANADIAN
WESTERN 
BANK GROUP

BANK · TRUST · INSURANCE

CCWWBB

CANADIAN WESTERN BANK GROUP

BANK · TRUST · INSURANCE

CCWWBB

2008 annual report    

25 
25 
YEARS 
YEARS 
AGO...
AGO...

...we made a promise to western 
...we made a promise to western 
Canadians: we will invest our allegiance, 
Canadians: we will invest our allegiance, 
our resources and our future in Western 
our resources and our future in Western 
Canada; we will support the endeavours 
Canada; we will support the endeavours 
of individuals and businesses in the west; 
of individuals and businesses in the west; 
we will work diligently to win the trust 
we will work diligently to win the trust 
and loyalty of our employees, customers 
and loyalty of our employees, customers 
and shareholders; we will create ongoing 
and shareholders; we will create ongoing 
opportunities for all stakeholders.
opportunities for all stakeholders.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lisa Juba,	Administrative		
Assistant,	CWB	(4	years)

1	

Realizing	Our	Promise

2	 Message	to	Shareholders

5	

6	

8	

Today...

People

Infrastructure

10	 Process

12	 Business	Enhancement

14	 Community	Investment

17	 Corporate	Governance

22	 Management’s	Discussion	

and	Analysis

61	

Financial	Statements

92	 Board	of	Directors

92	 Senior	Officers

93	 Shareholder	Information

94	 Locations

REALIZING OUR PROMISE 

That	fundamental	promise	made	by	our	founders	was	at	the	core	of	their	vision.	First	and	
foremost,	they	chose	a	western	niche	that	was	underserved	and	undervalued	by	eastern-
based	competitors.

Moreover, they dreamed of creating a friendly bank with an 
unwavering focus on customer service. It would be nimble 
and non-bureaucratic with local decision-making based on 
prudence and common sense. Employees would be given the 
incentives and opportunities to succeed along with the Bank 
and its customers. The long-term reward for shareholders 
would be one of stability and reliable profitability. The overall 
goal… consistent, sustainable growth. 

Canadian Western Bank (CWB) came into being in 1984 
when a group of determined western Canadians set their 
forward-looking promise into motion. 

WINNING THE WEST 

The West responded with a resounding “Yes!” The little bank 
grew steadily through double-digit organic growth, acquisitions 
and amalgamations to become the largest publicly traded 
Schedule I bank headquartered in Western Canada. 

As we celebrate 25 years of success, we offer services in ways 
our founders could never have imagined (paperless account 
statements, web-based trust accounts, online delivery of  
auto insurance policies). And just as they chose a niche  
market, we choose to capitalize on opportunities in  
new markets and business lines today. 

But some things will not change. We continually raise the 
standard of what it takes to win the West and have based 
our strategic plan on four critical areas of success: People, 
Infrastructure, Process and Business Enhancement.  
We will work hard to earn the continued loyalty of  
our employees, clients and shareholders. 

We know what it takes to win. And, as we enter our second 
quarter-century, we promise to stay on that winning path. 

      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      1

	
2008 MESSAGE TO SHAREHOLDERS

We	are	pleased	to	report	that	Canadian	Western	Bank	(CWB	or	the	Bank)	posted	record	
annual	profits	in	2008,	surpassing	a	milestone	$100	million	of	net	earnings.	

While notable itself, this accomplishment came in the  
midst of unprecedented turmoil in global financial and 
credit markets, which further highlights the benefits of 
our conservative growth strategies and disciplined credit 
practices. It also reflects the strong talent and unwavering 
commitment of our employees, who continue to demonstrate 
they are second-to-none. CWB finished the year with its 82nd 
consecutive profitable quarter and had no direct exposure to 
any troubled asset-backed commercial paper, collateralized 
debt obligations, credit default swaps, U.S. subprime 
mortgages or monoline insurers. We surpassed our fiscal  
2008 loan growth target, which pushed total assets over  
$10 billion and marked nineteen consecutive years of  
double-digit loan growth. Despite constrained revenues  
due to a significantly lower net interest margin, CWB  
also maintained its enviable efficiency ratio.

While there were many successes in 2008, CWB was not 
immune to unfavourable spinoff effects related to global 
market turmoil. The significant impact on net interest  
margin – due to a combination of increased deposit costs,  
a declining prime lending interest rate and the retention of  
high liquidity levels in response to market events – constrained 
overall profitability and resulted in lower than anticipated 
total revenues, return on equity and return on assets. These 
circumstances, coupled with lower commodity prices and 
comparatively slower economic growth, also had consequence, 
particularly as it related to our share price. CWB shares  
closed at $18.44 on October 31, 2008, compared to  
$30.77 a year earlier.  

Our 2009 performance targets reflect expectations for 
continued solid loan growth and good overall performance 
relative to adverse market conditions and a very uncertain 
global economic outlook. Fiscal 2009 will mark CWB’s 

25th anniversary and key objectives for this momentous year 
include extending the Bank’s long history of profitability and 
double-digit loan growth, while building on our strong credit 
discipline and proven fiscal responsibility. In December 2008, 
we were very pleased to complete our previously announced 
deal to acquire majority ownership of Edmonton-based  
Adroit Investment Management Ltd. (Adroit). The addition  
of Adroit, along with its entire team of professionals, is 
expected to be an excellent strategic fit with existing banking 
and trust operations. The acquisition will fill an existing 
product gap and should provide a solid base to facilitate  
future growth of this business.

The theme of the 2008 annual report is “Winning the  
West”, a phrase that captures our history, culture and 
successes, both current and future. Through this theme we 
demonstrate our ongoing commitment to maximize value for 
all CWB stakeholders. As in prior years, our focus will remain 
centred on four pillars of influence that encompass the main 
elements of our strategic direction: People, Infrastructure, 
Process and Business Enhancement. 

BANKING SERVICES

Very strong loan growth of 16% surpassed our annual target. 
CWB remains committed to partnering with businesses and 
individuals within our geographic focus, and we capitalized 
on numerous high quality lending opportunities that 
were partially aided by the continued exit of foreign-based 
competitors from our markets. We expect market share  
gains will continue through 2009 and will diligently work  
to further enhance awareness of the Bank’s competitive 
advantages focused on superior service delivery, financial 
stability and offering customers a local, relationship-based 
banking alternative. 

2      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

Overall credit quality remained sound and provisions for 
credit losses were maintained in line with the fiscal 2008  
target of fifteen basis points of average loans. While 
gross impaired loans increased notably compared to the 
exceptionally low levels experienced in the previous two 
years, they remained within expectations in view of elevated 
uncertainties and slower economic activity. All current 
identified losses are reflected in the specific provisions for 
credit losses. The amount of gross impaired loans fluctuates  
up or down depending on general economic conditions,  
but actual write-offs remained low. This not only reflects the 
Bank’s secured lending practices, but also our long-standing 
commitment to maintain disciplined underwriting practices. 

Our strategies to increase funding sources showed good 
results with 12% growth in total deposits. Fierce competition 
sparked by persistent turmoil in global financial markets made 
this success even more meaningful, as we were able to build 
liquidity without pressures to forgo any preferred lending 
or other high quality growth opportunities. Total deposits 
raised in the branch network and Canadian Western Trust 
Company (CWT) increased 10%, while the demand and 
notice component within branch-raised deposits was up 8%. 
We introduced an Internet-based division of the Bank in  
the fourth quarter named Canadian Direct Financial™ 
(www.canadiandirectfinancial.com). This platform offers 
a high-interest savings account and term deposits directly 
to customers who are not served by our branch network. 
Enhancing the Bank’s retail deposit base will remain a  
key strategic focus as success in this area diversifies funding 
sources and provides additional flexibility to capitalize on  
new opportunities.     

In line with our infrastructure strategy, we opened a new 
branch in Leduc, Alberta (AB) and completed numerous other 
expansions and upgrades. Infrastructure initiatives confirmed 
for 2009 include further expansion of the branch network  
and ongoing improvements to existing premises. 

Optimum Mortgage (Optimum), our alternative mortgage 
business, continued to perform well, producing very strong 
returns on a solid overall risk profile. Optimum’s portfolio 
increased 25% this year to comprise approximately 5% of total 
loans. One of our growth initiatives for this business included 
extending Optimum’s geographic focus into select Ontario 
markets.

TRUST SERVICES

Trust services made a strong earnings contribution and 
continued to provide valued diversification and new growth 
opportunities. CWT marked several notable accomplishments, 
including the successful implementation of its next-generation 
Internet query tool, CWeb. Customers provided very positive 
feedback on this new technology and we now have more than 
3,000 clients using this enhanced web-based service. Valiant 
Trust Company (Valiant) also performed well, particularly in 
view of a marked reduction in capital markets activity related 
to ongoing uncertainties and generally slower economic 
activity. Valiant obtained its federal trust license and expanded 
operations with the mid-year opening of a share transfer 
services office in Toronto. 

INSURANCE

Canadian Direct Insurance Incorporated (CDI) posted 
record earnings as we continued to increase brand awareness 
throughout Alberta and British Columbia (BC). Gross written 
premiums exceeded $107 million reflecting growth in both the 
home and auto product lines. CDI launched the service phase 
of its Internet-based technology platform which provides for 
a more efficient means of administering customer policies. 
The number of auto policies sold online continues to grow 
as customers choose to buy over the Internet to save more 
money. Online sales accounted for over 40% of all new auto 
policies sold in 2008. Insurance operations provide a solid 

      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      3

MESSAGE TO SHAREHOLDERS CONTINUED

platform for continued growth and support the Bank’s key 
objectives to further diversify revenues and increase return  
on equity. 

THINK WESTERN®

We were very pleased to be recognized for a second straight 
year as one of the “50 Best Employers in Canada”. The best 
employers list is based on employee responses to a confidential 
opinion survey that measures factors such as leadership, 
managerial support, recognition and opportunities for 
learning and development. We responded to a number of 
topics identified by our employees in last year’s survey and 
will make additional positive changes next year as we look to 
further enhance our position as an employer of choice. Our 
outstanding people drive CWB’s success and we will continue 
to do everything we can to offer a rewarding work experience 
that enables and challenges everyone to achieve their full 
potential.

GOVERNANCE

A primary goal of our Board of Directors and senior 
management is to implement strategies that promote  
the collective best interests of all CWB stakeholders.  
We continually evaluate changing standards and best  
practices of corporate governance and remain committed  
to developing the best business decisions for the Bank  
within this framework.

OUTLOOK

The Bank’s strategies for sustained, responsible growth 
remain evident as record annual earnings and revenues in 
volatile markets substantiate CWB’s growing market position 
and strong risk profile. Maintaining the Bank’s disciplined 
underwriting practices will remain top of mind as we continue 
to work through the challenges associated with ongoing 
market turmoil and a very uncertain global economic outlook. 
We are well positioned to manage through this credit cycle 

and actual loan losses are expected to remain within  
the Bank’s long-term historic range. Western Canada’s 
economic fundamentals should remain sound relative to  
the rest of Canada, notwithstanding increased challenges in 
some sectors related to an overall slowing of the economy.  
We are also determined to improve net interest margin over 
time, and to date, have had good success in meeting our 
pricing targets for new and renewal loans. We will continually 
enhance our credit and price discipline as we work to unlock 
the significant future profits embedded in our portfolio.  
Our efficient capital position will support ongoing growth  
and we believe we are well situated to manage future 
unexpected events.

While strong fiscal responsibility will be maintained,  
effective execution of CWB’s strategic focus on people, 
process, infrastructure and business enhancement will  
require increased expenditures in areas mainly supporting 
the Bank’s growth initiatives, including plans for further 
expansion of the branch network in 2009. Ongoing 
development of trust, insurance, wealth management  
and other complementary businesses also remains a key 
strategy and supports our objectives to increase the proportion 
of non-interest income to total revenues over time. If the  
right strategic opportunity arises, the Bank will also look 
to support its growth and diversification objectives via 
acquisition. Management is committed to maximize 
shareholder value over the long term and our strategic 
initiatives represent essential steps towards meeting this 
objective. We will celebrate the Bank’s 25th year of success 
in fiscal 2009 and look forward to capitalizing on CWB’s 
extraordinary potential – while managing related challenges – 
as we commence our next quarter century.

Jack C. Donald 
Chairman	

Larry M. Pollock 
President	and	CEO

4			WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT			

 
 
 
 
	
	
Canadian Western Bank Place 
10303	Jasper	Avenue,	Edmonton

TODAY...

Canadian	Western	Bank	Group	(CWB	Group)	comprises	36	bank	branches,	7	trust	locations,	2	
insurance	call	centres	and	1	investment	management	office,	with	combined	assets	of	over	$10	billion,	
assets	under	administration	of	more	than	$4	billion	and	assets	under	management	of	nearly	$1	billion.

CANADIAN WESTERN BANK (CWB)

VALIANT TRUST (VALIANT)

provides a full range of business and personal banking  
services at 36 locations across the four western provinces.  
CWB is the largest Schedule I bank headquartered in  
Western Canada and is respected as a leader in mid- 
market commercial lending. We continue to attract  
individuals and businesses in the west who appreciate  
friendly, relationship-based banking. 

CANADIAN WESTERN TRUST (CWT)

offers profitable solutions for retirement, trustee and  
custodial financial needs. With over twenty years of  
mindful service and $4 billion of assets under administration,  
CWT has become a highly trusted name for a growing  
base of satisfied customers.

specializes in corporate trust, stock transfer and employee  
plan services for public and private corporations and income 
trusts. Valiant has a reputation for getting things done.

CANADIAN DIRECT INSURANCE (CDI)

provides auto and home insurance at competitive rates for 
residents of AB and BC. CDI offers customers friendly and 
informed service via the telephone or Internet and through 
select auto insurance brokers in BC.

ADROIT INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT (ADROIT)

focuses on wealth management for individuals, corporations 
and institutional clients. Founded in 1993, Adroit’s business 
success is built on the highest ethical standards, conservative 
growth principles and strong investment performance.

      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      5

Al Govenlock 
Phoenix	Fence		
(Client	for	22	years)

Marlene Sarafinchan 
Receptionist,	CWB	(13	years)

Our company has a long-term relationship 
with CWB… we like them, they like us. 
Other banks have knocked on our doors,  
but CWB has always provided great  
service. Their decision-making is right  
here and they take the time to get to  
know our business. 

AL	GOVENLOCK

6      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

 
 
 
 
WHAT IT TAKES TO WIN

PEOPLE
From	day	one,	CWB	Group	has	been	defined	by	our	culture	which	fosters	a	strong	mutual	respect	
for	our	employees,	customers	and	shareholders.	You	could	call	it	a	win/win/win	situation.

WE INVEST IN OUR EMPLOYEES...

CWB Group provides a positive and rewarding work 
environment that offers every employee the incentive,  
training and tools to be successful: comprehensive benefits, 
competitive compensation, lifetime career opportunities 
and ongoing training and educational opportunities. Our 
cwbalance® program encourages a strong work/life balance, 
cultivates a healthy work environment and nurtures employee 
morale. The SPICE (Staff Participating In Creating Excellence) 
program rewards employees with additional monetary 
compensation for their ideas and contributions on how  
to improve our businesses. Everyone has a vested interest  
in the Bank’s success, as currently over 90% of employees  
are CWB shareholders. 

OUR EMPLOYEES PROVIDE SUPERIOR SERVICE...

An engaged and empowered employee who is treated  
with respect and fairness is motivated to connect with 
customers and provide friendly, highly personalized service. 

Knowledgeable and enthusiastic CWB employees will  
go out of their way to offer clients helpful advice and 
specialized attention. 

Customers are impressed by great personal service and delighted 
by our people-friendly environment. Strong employee/client 
relationships are formed… customer loyalty ensues.

Employees grow and prosper along with customers, and will 
ultimately lead CWB Group and its clients into a secure and 
profitable future.  

SHAREHOLDERS GAIN VALUE AND STABILITY...

Over the past 25 years, our small-bank agility combined with 
prudent management and disciplined lending practices have 
served us well in all financial environments. We achieved  
record earnings in 2008, arguably one of the most difficult  
years in history for the global financial services sector as a 
whole. It is often said that the best predictor of a successful 
future is a proven, reliable past. Our ongoing commitment to 
shareholders is to consistently add value to their investments 
over time.  

Everyone wins.

      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      7

 
	
To retain good people, we 
need an environment that 
respects their well-being. 
At CDI Edmonton, our 
employees value their new 
home and know it was 
created for them.   

SANDY	SCHULTZ

Jhoana Go 
Service	Advisor,	CDI	(1	year)

Sandy Schultz 
Senior	Manager,	CDI	(7	years)

8      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT
8      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

WHAT IT TAKES TO WIN

INFRASTRUCTURE
Premises,	technology,	capital	and	brand	are	the	essential	components	of	our	infrastructure:	
elements	that	support	business	activities	and	underpin	our	successes.	

PREMISES

We continually invest in new and expanded spaces to 
accommodate our growing needs and goals. In 2008, we

·   opened a new bank branch in Leduc, AB 
·  confirmed plans for new bank branches in Sherwood  
  Park, AB; Kamloops, BC; Surrey, BC; and Saskatoon,  
  Saskatchewan 
·  opened a Valiant Trust office in Toronto, Ontario 
·  proceeded with expansion at CWB corporate  
  office to support ongoing growth  
·  relocated CDI Edmonton to larger and  

improved premises

TECHNOLOGY

ability to deliver auto insurance quotes and policies online,  
and the introduction of an Internet-based division of the  
Bank named Canadian Direct Financial™. 

CAPITAL

Our strong balance sheet continues to support growth,  
while prudent management policies help guard us from 
unexpected pitfalls. Our strategy of not investing in things 
outside our expertise has served stakeholders very well. In 
addition to growing retained earnings with strong profitability, 
we utilize other efficient sources of capital, including innovative 
Tier 1 and subordinated debentures. Our solid capital position, 
in combination with conservative liquidity management, allows 
us to react quickly to new opportunities that arise.

Last year, we commenced a three-year systems review to  
source proven technologies to help maximize resources, 
diversify service offerings, improve product delivery and 
enhance customer convenience.

Improvements in 2008 included: paperless account statements, 
cheque imaging technology, Group-wide efficiency upgrades, 
new CWBdirect® account opening features, improvements  
to CWT’s popular CWeb service platform, CDI’s enhanced 

BRAND

We know that brand is more than a logo, a marketing 
campaign or a mission statement. It reflects the beliefs  
and actions of an organization and the individuals within  
it. CWB Group has earned the reputation as a profitable, 
common sense-based company that delivers services in a 
friendly and straightforward manner. 

      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      9
      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      9

 
If it doesn’t reflect our Think 
Western culture we won’t get 
employee buy-in, so our solutions 
have to be customer-friendly and 
they have to make sense.  

DIANE	DAVIES

Diane Davies, Assistant	Vice	President	
BPIT,	CWB	(17	years)

David Parkatti, Senior	Analyst	
BPIT,	CWB	(1	year)

Roy Jefferson, Senior	Manager	
BPIT,	CWB	(21	years)

10      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT
10      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

 
         
WHAT IT TAKES TO WIN

PROCESS
An	ongoing	focus	on	improving	processes	allows	us	to	streamline	operations	and	more	
effectively	build	on	our	competitive	advantages.

By necessity, CWB Group processes are extensive. They must 
comply with strict policies and regulations, while adjusting to 
our expanding operations and diverse procedures. If processes 
are inflexible, it can inhibit growth and mire an organization in 
bureaucracy. An ongoing focus on process improvement helps 
optimize our conservative risk profile, control larger numbers 
of transactions and realize our promise to

·  improve efficiencies 
·  simplify and enhance customer convenience 
·  maintain a disciplined credit culture  
.   diversify delivery of services  
·  increase operating capacity 
·  build compliance into every process 
·  maximize Group-wide resources  
·  eliminate redundancy  
·  optimize resource sharing and cross-selling 

Consecutive years of controlled, responsible growth have 
required new people, expanded workspaces, higher volumes  
of transactions and increased workloads. It is recognized  
that we must constantly revisit our processes to ensure we  
are getting things done in the most effective and efficient  
way possible. While this objective remains a key responsibility 
for everyone throughout the Group, our Business Process 
Improvement Team (BPIT) has a specific mandate to  
identify processes that are no longer efficient and work  
to find better solutions. “Our job is to find the right steps,  
the best technology and the ideal mix of people to get  
the job done,” says Roy Jefferson, Senior Manager. David 
Parkatti, Senior Analyst, adds “It’s not about pointing out 
things people are doing wrong, it’s about working together  
to make everyone’s job easier.”

“Our strategies and processes helped CWB avoid direct exposure to 
any of the troubled asset-backed commercial paper, collateralized 
debt obligations, credit default swaps, U.S. subprime mortgages, or 
monoline insurers that cluttered the financial landscape in 2008.”  

    – Larry Pollock, President and CEO, CWB Group

      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      11
      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      11

 
 
 
Ryan understands iron and he knows 
what it takes to get the job done. I can 
call him any time and he’ll be there for 
us. CWB still has that do-anything-for-
you, small-bank attitude.   

BRIAN	STEWART

Brian Stewart,	President	
Westex	Construction	Corp.			
(Client	for	12	years)

Ryan Pearson,	Assistant	Vice	
President	&	Manager,	Equipment	
Financing	Group,	CWB	(14	years)

12      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

WHAT IT TAKES TO WIN

BUSINESS ENHANCEMENT
Winning	requires	preparation.	Expansion	takes	planning.	Profitable	growth	calls	for	continuous	
improvements.	As	in	past	years,	we	will	be	proactive	on	all	fronts.		

We will continue to grow and add value for our stakeholders  
by employing the prudence, common sense and agility that 
have contributed to our success throughout the Bank’s history. 
Staying true to the path we know and understand proved 
successful again in 2008.

OUR BUSINESS ENHANCEMENT FORMULA IN ACTION

Insurance 
CDI maintained solid earnings growth and reinforced  
its commitment to deliver high levels of customer service  
and superior claims experience, as well as new and/or  
enhanced product delivery channels. We also launched  
the new CDI Worldpoints® MasterCard®.

Banking 
The Bank realized strong growth and low loan losses  
supported by a continued focus on niche areas of commercial 
and personal banking, real estate lending, energy lending and 
equipment financing. We increased brand awareness, secured 
new funding sources, extended our ABM network, added 
online banking options and utilized technology to manage 
growth. We further enhanced our deposit gathering capability 
with the introduction of Canadian Direct Financial™.

Trust 
CWT increased its national presence, launched fresh products 
(e.g. a new low-cost Group RSP) and used technology to 
streamline operations and enhance services. Valiant became  
a federal trust company this year and expanded with the 
opening of an office in Toronto.

Looking forward 
We will continue on this proven path in the coming year to  
·   further diversify funding and revenue sources 
·   enhance products and improve distribution 
·  expand geographically  
·   increase market presence and brand awareness  
·   minimize risk while ensuring a fair and profitable  
  return on investment  
·   optimize our client base through effective cross-promotion  
·   capitalize on strategic partnerships and acquisition  
  opportunities 
 ·  explore new lines of business  

      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      13
      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      13

 
Louise Hovelson 
Opportunity	Manager,	YESS

Kate Denis 
Marketing	Project	Coordinator	
CWB	Group	(2	years)

A number of new sponsors came on board 
because of CWB’s involvement with our 
Homeless For A Night event. Participants 
and sponsors doubled, and donations 
tripled! About a dozen CWB Group staff 
came out to show their support and spent 
the night with us, sleeping on the grass  
in the rain.  

LOUISE	HOVELSON

14      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

WHAT IT TAKES TO WIN

COMMUNITY INVESTMENT
An	important	part	of	our	Think Western	culture	involves	supporting	and	strengthening	the	
communities	that	our	customers	and	employees	call	home.	

THE MORE WE GROW, THE MORE WE GIVE.

Since 2005 CWB has donated close to $2 million in financial 
and in-kind contributions to the regions we serve. But our 
community investment program goes far beyond donating 
funds. Employees dedicate time and expertise to form working 
partnerships that help support a wide range of needs and 
initiatives. We also encourage branches and subsidiaries  
to respond to priorities in their own regions.

CWB invests in local kids 
This past summer, CWB offered The Greater Interest GIC™  
and paid a percentage of amounts invested back to the 
communities where the deposits were made. Through  
this initiative, CWB donated $106,000 to child and  
youth charities: Youth Emergency Shelter Society (YESS)  
in Edmonton, Canuck Place Children’s Hospice in BC,  
and local Big Brothers and Big Sisters organizations in  
our other markets.

The Western Way 
Community involvement is an important and ever-growing 
part of our responsibility as good corporate citizens, and  
we have an obligation to ensure our efforts have the greatest 
impact possible. Our community investment focuses on  
the following important areas:

·  health, wellness and caregiving 
·  education 
·  community and civic services

Western Spirit Program 
Our people are active community members who are  
passionate about their chosen causes. In recognition of  
this,  CWB Group employees who volunteer their time  
to improve our communities can request a $250 grant  
to a registered Canadian charity of their choice.

      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      15

IN MEMORY

EUGENE PECHET

September 22, 1916 – August 23, 2008

With sadness, we mark the passing and celebrate the life of  
an exceptional individual who played a vital part in both the  
beginning and subsequent success of the CWB Group.  

Eugene Pechet was known by many as a successful, hard-working 
hotelier – often referred to as the best in the business – but at CWB, 
he will also be remembered for his vision, integrity and unwavering 
commitment to the Bank’s success. Eugene played a key role in  
starting the Bank and was one of the founding Directors of CWB  
(or the Bank of Alberta, as it was originally known). He also agreed  
to act as a sponsoring shareholder – effectively, Eugene paid start-up 
costs and provided working capital until the Bank was operational.  
In fact, a boardroom in one of his Edmonton hotels served as home 
base for CWB’s first employees.

Eugene retired from CWB’s Board of Directors in 1992, but  
remained active as a consultant to the Loans Committee until 2001. 
He subsequently retained the title of Director Emeritus and continued 
to instill the organization with his unique insights and strong Think 
Western values. No matter what role or title he was asked to accept,  
he did it humbly, with joy and pride – always demonstrating his  
superb business acumen and contagious enthusiasm. His influence 
remains with us, as do the memories of his invaluable contributions.

AWARD OF EXCELLENCE RECIPIENTS FOR 2008

Awards	of	Excellence	recognize	employees	who	display	qualities	for	which	CWB	is	known	and	
are	inherent	in	our	Think Western	culture.	When	staff	Think Western,	they	exceed	expectations	
in	the	areas	of	client	service	(both	internal	and	external),	peer	relationships,	innovation	and	
initiative.	They	are	enthusiastic	about	their	work	and	their	organization.	They	are	reliable,	
respectful	and	responsive	to	both	customers	and	co-workers.

Almas Bhimani 
  CWB Calgary Main 
Blair Himmelreich  
  CWB Corporate Office
Eric Liaw, CWT Vancouver

Eresha Nanayakkara  
  CWB Corporate Office
Fran Goplin, CDI Edmonton 
Heather Colton, CDI Vancouver
Jason White, CWB Coquitlam 
Lindsay Prokop, CWB Langley 

Pam Perera, CWB Old Strathcona 
Sherree Bunker  
  Optimum Mortgage, Edmonton 
Tara Bouchard, Valiant, Calgary
Vanessa Laroque  
  CWB West Point Branch 

16      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

introduction 
Sound and effective corporate governance has always been a priority for Canadian Western Bank (the “Bank”). The Board of Directors 
(the Board) and management of the Bank are committed to govern and maintain the Bank’s operations effectively and efficiently within its 
regulatory environment. Corporate governance policies are reviewed regularly for improvement and are designed to strengthen the ability of  
the Board to effectively supervise management and enhance long-term shareholder value.

The Board’s Corporate Governance & Human Resources Committee provides direction, monitors compliance and makes recommendations 
to the Board to enhance corporate performance and promote ongoing improvement in Board effectiveness. 

the board of directors
The Board has reviewed the status of each of its directors to determine whether such director is “independent” as defined in National 
Instrument 58-101 Disclosure of Corporate Governance Practices (NI58-101) and “affiliated” as defined by the affiliation regulations set forth 
in the Bank Act. The review included the completion of self-assessment questionnaires by each of the directors and a detailed review of 
the responses by the Conduct Review Committee. As a result of this review and after consideration of all business, charitable and family 
relationships among the directors and the Bank, the Board has determined that all of the directors, except Mr. Pollock, (or 92% of the Board) 
are both independent and not affiliated with the Bank. Mr. Pollock is not independent and is affiliated with the Bank as a result of his position 
as President and Chief Executive Officer (CEO) of the Bank. It is a requirement under the Bank Act that the CEO be a director of the Bank.

The Board held four regular meetings and one special meeting during fiscal 2008. At the end of every regularly scheduled Board meeting    
a session was held without any management, including the CEO, present. 

Mr. Jack Donald is the Chairman of the Board. Mr. Donald is an independent director as defined in NI58-101. As Chairman of the Board,  
his responsibilities include ensuring that the Board functions effectively and independently of management and that it meets its obligations  
and responsibilities as set out in its mandate.

board mandate
The Board’s mandate sets out the Board’s purpose, organization, duties and responsibilities. Its written mandate is summarized as follows.

The Board has responsibility for stewardship of the Bank, including:

·  to the extent feasible, satisfying itself as to the integrity of the CEO and other executive officers (as defined in National Instrument 51-102 
Continuous Disclosure Obligations) and that the CEO and other executive officers create a culture of integrity throughout the organization;

·  adopting a strategic planning process and approving, on at least an annual basis, a strategic plan which takes into account, among other 

things, the opportunities and risks of the business;

·  the identification of the principal risks of the Bank’s business, and ensuring the implementation of appropriate systems to manage these risks;

·  overseeing succession planning (including appointing, training and monitoring senior management);

·  adopting a communication and disclosure policy for the Bank;

·  overseeing the Bank’s internal control and management information systems;

·  developing the Bank’s approach to corporate governance, including developing a set of corporate governance principles and guidelines that 

are specifically applicable to the Bank; and

·  reviewing and disclosing, no less than annually, measures for receiving feedback from stakeholders.

In addition to the above, the Board shall:

·  with the assistance of the Corporate Governance & Human Resources Committee, review and ratify the employment, appointment, grade 
levels and compensation of the top five executive employees of the Bank and approve all senior officer appointments (Vice President and 
higher);

·  with the assistance of the Corporate Governance & Human Resources Committee, develop a position description for the CEO, which, 
together with other board approved policies and practices, should provide for a definition of the limits to management’s responsibilities, 
approve the objectives of the Bank to be met by the CEO, and ensure the performance of the CEO is evaluated at least annually; 

·  with the assistance of the Corporate Governance & Human Resources Committee, develop a process to evaluate the effectiveness of each 

director and the Board as a whole on no less than a biennial basis;

·  review and approve the strategic plan, the annual business plan and accompanying capital plan and financial operation budget, including 

capital expenditures;

·  approve material divestitures, acquisitions and financial commitments;

   WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      17

·  with the assistance of the Audit Committee, approve the annual audited and quarterly unaudited financial statements, the annual and 
quarterly Management’s Discussion and Analysis (MD&A), the Annual Information Form, the Management Information Circular  
and other annual public documents of the Bank; 

·  determine the content and frequency of management reports;

·  review any recommendations from regulators or the external auditors respecting their assessment of the effectiveness of the internal controls 

that come to their attention in the conduct of their work;

·  ensure an independent audit/inspection function is in place to monitor the effectiveness of organizational and procedural controls; and

·  with the assistance of the Audit Committee and Loans Committee, approve loan write-offs.

The Board has developed written position descriptions for the Chairman of the Board as well as the Chair of each Board committee. The Board 
has also developed a written position description for the CEO.

orientation and continuing education
The Bank has not adopted a formalized process of orientation for new Board members although all directors are provided with a Directors’ 
Manual, which includes a copy of all Board and committee mandates and policies, the Bank’s by-laws and other reference material. New 
directors are also provided the opportunity to meet with senior management and other directors. 

Directors are kept informed as to matters impacting, or which may impact, the Bank’s operations through reports and presentations at the 
quarterly Board meetings. Special presentations on specific business operations are also provided to the Board. In 2008, quarterly presentations 
were made to the Board on the liquidity and market issues associated with the disruption in the financial markets. The Board also reviewed the 
Bank’s people strategy.

ethical business conduct
The Bank has a written code of conduct for its directors and a written code of conduct for its officers and employees. A copy of both  
of these codes may be found on the Bank’s website at www.cwbankgroup.com. The Board monitors compliance with the codes by requiring 
each director, officer and employee to annually sign a certificate confirming his/her compliance with the applicable code. To the knowledge  
of the Board, there have been no departures from the code during fiscal 2008 that would have required the filing of a material change report.

In the event a director or executive officer has a material interest in any transaction or agreement considered by the Board, or any committee 
of the Board, such interest must be declared and recorded in the minutes of the meeting and the director or executive officer must vacate the 
meeting while the transaction or agreement is being discussed. The responsibilities of the Conduct Review Committee include establishing 
procedures to ensure disclosure and review of related party transactions in accordance with the requirements under the Bank Act. These 
procedures include obtaining an annual certificate from each director and officer of the Bank, which discloses all related parties of the  
director or officer and any related party transactions with the Bank.

The Board believes that a culture of strong corporate governance and ethical business conduct must be endorsed by the Board and the executive 
officers. The codes of conduct address many areas of business conduct. A whistleblower procedure for the Bank has been established through 
which complaints or concerns regarding questionable audit or accounting matters may be made.

The Bank has adopted a corporate disclosure policy which is reviewed annually. Quarterly and annual financial documents are reviewed by  
an internal Disclosure Committee prior to being recommended for Board approval and CEO/CFO certification of annual and interim filings. 
Inquiries and requests for information from shareholders and potential investors receive prompt attention from an appropriate officer. The 
Bank’s quarterly earnings conference calls with analysts and institutional investors are broadcast live, via the Internet, and archived on the 
Bank’s website for 60 days. The calls are also accessible on a live and recorded basis via telephone to interested retail investors, the media 
and members of the public. The Bank also includes all significant disclosure documents on its website at www.cwbankgroup.com.

The Bank has engaged an independent Ombudsman to receive complaints from banking clients who are unable to obtain satisfaction from 
the internal complaint handling process.

nomination of directors
The Corporate Governance & Human Resources Committee has responsibility for identifying new candidates for Board nomination. This 
committee is comprised of six directors, all of whom are independent. The mandate of this committee in respect of nomination and Board 
assessment matters specifically sets out the following duties and responsibilities:

·  identify and recommend to the Board qualified candidates to be considered for Board membership;

·  review, monitor and make recommendations regarding new director orientation and the ongoing development and education of existing 

Board members;

·  evaluate at least biennially Board effectiveness, membership, selection criteria, composition and size and make recommendations to the Board, 

and on alternate years, evaluate the involvement and contribution of individual members; and

·  make recommendations to the Board regarding revisions to the Board of Directors’ Manual.

18      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

 
The Corporate Governance & Human Resources Committee annually reviews both the size and composition of the Board in accordance  
with the Bank’s policy “Board and Member Review and Assessment”. In fiscal 2008, the Board was comprised of 12 directors, which was 
large enough to permit a diversity of views and staff the committees, without being so large as to detract from its efficiency and effectiveness. 
In considering new nominees for the Board, the Committee assesses the skills, expertise and experience of the incumbent directors in order to 
determine the skills, expertise and experience it should seek in new board members to add value to the Board. The Committee has developed a 
written matrix to assist it in its analysis. As each director is expected to participate on one or more of the Board’s four committees, expertise and 
experience related to a particular committee may be considered by the Committee. The Committee also considers such matters as a candidate’s 
integrity, independence and residency. The Committee then assesses each potential nominee against the criteria developed by the Committee. 

compensation
The Corporate Governance & Human Resources Committee has responsibility for determining the compensation of the Bank’s directors and 
officers. This committee is comprised of six directors all of whom are independent. The mandate of this committee in respect of compensation 
matters specifically sets out the following duties and responsibilities:

·  review and recommend to the Board the fees and other benefits to be paid to directors; 

·  review the position descriptions for the executive officers of the Bank and approve changes; 

·  establish (a) an executive compensation structure for the CEO; and (b) in conjunction with the CEO of the Bank, an executive compensation 

structure for all other executive officers of the Bank and Canadian Direct Insurance Incorporated;

·  ensure an annual performance appraisal is completed for the President and CEO and that it is reviewed with him by the Chairman of the Board; 

·  review and approve any employment related contract entered into between the Bank, or one of its subsidiaries, and an executive level officer 

(equivalent to Executive Vice President within the Bank, or higher);

·  review the Succession Plans for the Bank and its subsidiaries, which will include all critical positions as well as all officers in each of the companies;

·  establish, amend, monitor and, where appropriate, terminate all compensation plans and arrangements for executive officers, officers and 

employees of the Bank and its affiliates, including: 

pension and retirement programs;
cash-based incentive compensation plans and other bonus arrangements; and
share incentive plans and other equity-based arrangements;

 -
 -
 -

·  award grants of options under any share incentive plan, subject to applicable regulatory and shareholder approval; and

·  review the annual report on executive compensation and review with the Board of Directors before approval is given.

The remuneration paid to the Bank’s directors and officers is reviewed each year by the Corporate Governance & Human Resources 
Committee. The level of remuneration is designed to provide a competitive level of remuneration relative to comparable positions in the 
marketplace. A comparator group is developed by identifying companies, primarily within the Bank’s market, of similar size considering value 
of assets, number of employees and revenue. The aggregate annual remuneration payable to all directors is set out in the Bank’s by-laws. Any 
increase to this total amount requires shareholder approval.

The Corporate Governance & Human Resources Committee has the responsibility and authority to retain consultants, including compensation 
consultants or advisors, as the Committee may determine necessary or advisable to carry out its responsibilities. During the year ended October 
31, 2008, Mercer (Canada) was engaged by the Committee to obtain compensation information on a specified comparator group. Due to 
limited participation from the targeted comparator group the Committee terminated the engagement.

board committees
The Board has four standing committees: the Audit Committee, the Conduct Review Committee, the Corporate Governance & Human 
Resources Committee and the Loans Committee. The Audit Committee and Conduct Review Committee are required committees under   
the Bank Act. All directors currently participate in at least one standing committee.

Audit Committee

Members: 

Robert Manning (Chair) 
Wendy Leaney 
Gerald McGavin

Robert Phillips
Alan Rowe

   WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      19

 
 
This committee is comprised of five financially literate and independent directors. Its written mandate is summarized as follows: 

·  review the earnings press releases, the annual audited and quarterly unaudited financial statements, the annual and quarterly MD&A, the 
Annual Information Form and other annual public documents of the Bank containing financial information and report thereon to the 
directors before approval is given;

·  discuss major issues regarding accounting principles and financial statement presentations, analyses prepared by management or the external 

auditors setting forth significant financial reporting issues and judgments made in connection with the preparation of the financial statements;

·  meet with the external auditors to discuss the annual and quarterly financial results and the returns referred to within this mandate and 

receive the auditors’ reports thereon;

·  recommend to the Board the appointment of the external auditors and review the terms of the external auditors’ engagement, the audit plan, any 

proposed changes in accounting policies, their presentation and input concerning significant risks and key estimates and judgments of management;

·  resolve disagreements between management and the external auditors regarding financial reporting; 

·  review and approve the policy for non-audit services to be completed by the external auditors. The Committee may delegate, to one or more 

Committee members, the authority to grant approval of such services, provided the decisions of such members are reported to the full 
Committee at its next meeting;

·  review and approve the Bank’s hiring policies regarding employees and former employees of the present and former external auditors of the 

Bank;

·  review, evaluate and approve the internal control procedures implemented by management;

·  meet with the Chief Internal Auditor of the Bank and with management of the Bank to discuss reports on internal audit activities and 
findings and the effectiveness of the internal control procedures established for the Bank. Review the mandate and annual plan of the  
internal audit department;

·  review correspondence received from regulators and external auditors together with management’s responses concerning the effectiveness  

of internal controls and other matters that fall within the responsibility of the Committee;

·  review such returns of the Bank as the Superintendent of Financial Institutions may specify;

·  review such investments and transactions of the Bank that could adversely affect the well-being of the Bank, as the external auditors  

or any officer of the Bank may bring to the attention of the Committee;

·  receive quarterly reports from the Loans Committee, the Bank’s Disclosure Committee and the Canadian Direct Insurance Incorporated 

Audit and Conduct Review Committee;

·  review the appointment of the Chief Financial Officer and the Chief Internal Auditor;

·  review periodically the Code of Conduct for senior financial officers; and

·  establish a whistleblower procedure for the Bank through which complaints or concerns regarding questionable audit or accounting matters 

can be made.

Conduct Review Committee

Members: 

Albrecht Bellstedt (Chair) 
Charles Allard 

Allan Jackson
Arnold Shell

This committee is comprised of four independent directors. Its written mandate is summarized as follows:

·  establish procedures to ensure disclosure of transactions with specified related parties of the Bank and review any such transactions  

to ensure compliance with the Bank Act, either approving or declining the transactions, as required;

·  review and approve internal policies for credit arrangements and financial services available to employees of the Bank under the regulations 

concerning officers and associated parties;

·  monitor aggregate transactions of the Bank with its directors and officers and their interests to ensure continued compliance    

with the Bank Act and that excesses over the permitted limits are brought to the Board for consideration;

·  review the conduct policy and any other specialized standards on an annual basis to ensure relevance and completeness in regard  

to legislative requirements;

·  monitor procedures for conflicts of interest, confidential information, disclosure of information and handling of customer complaints,  

and be satisfied that the procedures are being adhered to; and

·  ensure every employee, officer and director agrees to comply, by way of an annual written acknowledgement, with the Bank’s conduct policies.

20      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Governance & Human Resources Committee

Members: 

Jack Donald (Chair) 
Albrecht Bellstedt 
Allan Jackson 

Robert Manning
Howard Pechet
Robert Phillips

This committee is comprised of six independent directors. This committee is responsible for the identification of new directors (as described 
under “Nomination of Directors” above) and the determination of the compensation of the Bank’s directors and officers (as described under 
“Compensation” above). In addition, this committee’s written mandate includes the following:

·  review corporate governance trends and best practices and make recommendations to the Board on changes to the Bank’s governance policies 

and practices; and

·  review and monitor compliance with corporate governance guidelines and report instances of non-compliance to the Board.

Loans Committee

Members: 

Allan Jackson (Chair) 
Charles Allard 
Albrecht Bellstedt 
Jack Donald 
Wendy Leaney 

Gerald McGavin
Howard Pechet
Robert Phillips
Larry Pollock
Alan Rowe

This committee is comprised of ten directors, nine of whom are independent. Mr. Phillips serves as an alternate member and in such capacity 
attends meetings only when required to ensure a quorum. The CEO, who is not independent, is a member of this committee. This committee’s 
written mandate is summarized as follows:

·  establish and approve lending limits for the Bank and the CEO within the limits established by the Board and review such limits at least annually;

·  review, approve and/or decline all credit applications which are in excess of the lending limit for the CEO but within the Committee’s 

lending limit or which relate to loans to, or guaranteed by, a foreign country;

·  make recommendations to the Board for loan proposals in excess of the Committee’s limit;

·  review the policy of Director Related Loans and make recommendations to the Board;

·  approve all amendments to the Bank’s lending policies and guidelines;

·  review management’s recommendations for the allowance for impairment and loan write-offs and make recommendations to the Audit 

Committee; and

·  review no less than quarterly the Bank’s management of loan and portfolio credit risk issues and make recommendations to the Board.

assessments
In response to the Board’s commitment to effective corporate governance, a two-pronged evaluation process has been initiated. On “even” 
years, the Board members assess their effectiveness as a Board. In “odd” years, a peer evaluation of each member is scheduled.

During the board assessment, members are asked to rate items such as structure and size of the Board, the knowledge and diversity of the 
membership, as well as the timeliness and completeness of information received for discussion and the overall effectiveness of the decision- 
making process. The peer evaluation involves questions such as effectiveness in discussions and decision-making, attendance and whether  
the director’s non-Bank activities enhance or detract from shareholder value.

Both evaluation processes are conducted in-house and require all members to complete questionnaires that are forwarded to the Chairman of 
the Corporate Governance & Human Resources Committee. The Chairman then compiles the results and prepares a single document that 
includes any comments that may have been forwarded. Anonymity of the particular submitter is maintained with the aggregate results presented 
to the Corporate Governance & Human Resources Committee for discussion and action, if required. The results are then communicated on an 
aggregate basis to the full Board for discussion and recommendations, as required.

   WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      21

 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCuSSION AND ANALySIS

table of contents

22	 business	profile	and	strategy

24	 group	finanCial	perforManCe
24  Overview
27  Net Interest Income
28  Other Income
30  Non-Interest Expenses 

and Efficiency
Income and Capital Taxes

31 
32  Comprehensive Income
32   Cash and Securities
32  Loans
34  Credit Quality
38  Deposits
39  Other Assets and Other  

Liabilities

39  Liquidity Management
42  Contractual Obligations
42  Capital Management
46  Financial Instruments 
and Other Instruments

46  Acquisitions
47  Off-Balance Sheet  
Arrangements

47	 operating	segMent	review
47  Banking and Trust

49 

Insurance

51	

suMMary	of	Quarterly	
results	and	fourth	Quarter

51  Quarterly Results
51  Fourth Quarter of 2008 

52	 aCCounting	poliCies	and	estiMates
52  Critical Accounting Estimates
53  Changes in Accounting Policies, 
Including Initial Adoption

54 

 Future Changes in Accounting Policies

54	 risk	ManageMent
54  Overview
55  Credit Risk
56  Liquidity Risk

Insurance Risk

56  Market Risk
57 
58  Operational Risk
59  General Business and 
Economic Conditions
59  Level of Competition
59  Regulatory and Legal Risk
59  Accuracy and Completeness of  
Information on Customers and  
Counterparties

59  Ability to Attract and Retain Key  

Personnel

59  Ability to Execute Growth  

60 

Initiatives
Information Systems and   
Technology
60  Reputation Risk

60  Other Factors

60	 updated	share	inforMation

60	 Controls	and	proCedures

business profile and strategy
Canadian Western Bank (CWB or the Bank) is the largest publicly traded Schedule I chartered bank headquartered in and regionally focused 
on Western Canada. Supported by its commitment to customer service, CWB today serves thousands of small to medium-sized businesses 
and individuals across the four western provinces. The Bank, along with its subsidiaries, Canadian Western Trust Company (CWT), Valiant 
Trust Company (Valiant), Canadian Western Financial Ltd. (CWF), Adroit Investment Management Ltd. (Adroit) and Canadian Direct 
Insurance Incorporated (Canadian Direct or CDI), currently operates in all four pillars of the financial services industry. The Bank remains 
primarily focused on its core mid-market commercial and retail banking business in Western Canada. Third party mutual funds are offered 
to clients through CWF, the Bank’s mutual fund dealer subsidiary. Adroit specializes in wealth management for individuals, corporations and 
institutional clients. CWT provides trust services, including self-directed RRSPs and RRIFs, as well as corporate and group trust services to 
independent financial advisors, corporations and individuals. Valiant’s operations include stock transfer and trustee services to public companies 
and income trusts. CDI provides personal auto and home insurance to customers in British Columbia (BC) and Alberta (AB).

In 2008, CWB continued its long history of strong financial performance and growth. This year marked many milestones, including record 
earnings and revenues, as well as the Bank’s 19th consecutive year of double-digit loan growth.

CWB’s mission is to be known and respected as Canada’s western bank, providing western Canadians and other select markets with a preferred 
source of commercial and individual financial services. The fundamental objectives are to provide shareholders with a sound and profitable 
return, clients with value, service and stability, and employees with a positive and rewarding work environment, while contributing to the 
communities in which CWB operates. CWB plans to achieve its mission through the following strategic priorities:

·  maintain a conservative risk profile while ensuring growth is focused, strategic and accretive for shareholders;

·  reinforce leadership in cost efficiency and low credit losses by enhancing service delivery capabilities and maintaining strong discipline in 

managing the Bank’s lending portfolio;

·  leverage core profitability and further diversify funding sources with ongoing generation of internal deposits raised through the branch 

network, CWT and over the Internet;

·  improve CWB’s revenue diversification by further developing non-interest revenue sources in banking, trust, insurance and wealth 

management operations through internal growth as well as strategic acquisitions; 

22      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
·  increase ROE by maintaining strong operating performance, an efficient capital structure, and continued diversification into businesses with 
lower capital requirements, including residential mortgages, insurance, trust services and wealth management. Organic growth and resulting 
benefits to ROE may be accelerated by acquisitions that are both accretive and a good strategic fit with current operations; 

·  develop and recruit high quality employees who embrace the Bank’s culture and Think Western® attitude by offering a rewarding work 
environment that includes comprehensive employee benefits, career growth opportunities, strong work/life balance and competitive 
compensation packages. CWB believes that such employees are critical to build brand recognition through personal, responsive and friendly 
customer service; and

·  maintain and reinforce CWB’s reputation and public confidence through continued stakeholder communication, diligence in corporate 

governance practices and high standards in corporate reporting and accountability.

CWB’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) 
and are presented in Canadian dollars.

The following pages contain management’s discussion of the financial performance of CWB, as well as a discussion of the performance of each 
operating segment and a summary of quarterly and fourth quarter results. Additional information relating to the Bank, including the Annual 
Information Form, is available on SEDAR at www.sedar.com and on the Bank’s website at www.cwbankgroup.com.

Forward-Looking Statements

From time to time, Canadian Western Bank (the Bank) makes written and verbal forward-looking statements. Statements of this type are 
included in the Annual Report and reports to shareholders and may be included in filings with Canadian securities regulators or in other 
communications such as press releases and corporate presentations. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements 
about the Bank’s objectives and strategies, targeted and expected financial results and the outlook for the Bank’s businesses or for the Canadian 
economy. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by the words “believe”, “expect”, “anticipate”, “intend”, “estimate”, “may 
increase”, “may impact” and other similar expressions, or future or conditional verbs such as “will”, “should”, “would” and “could”.

By their very nature, forward-looking statements involve numerous assumptions. A variety of factors, many of which are beyond the Bank’s 
control, may cause actual results to differ materially from the expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements. These factors include, 
but are not limited to, general business and economic conditions in Canada including, the volatility and lack of liquidity in financial markets, 
fluctuations in interest rates and currency values, changes in monetary policy, changes in economic and political conditions, regulatory and 
legal developments, the level of competition in the Bank’s markets, the occurrence of weather-related and other natural catastrophes, changes in 
accounting standards and policies, the accuracy of and completeness of information the Bank receives about customers and counterparties, the 
ability to attract and retain key personnel, the ability to complete and integrate acquisitions, reliance on third parties to provide components 
of the Bank’s business infrastructure, changes in tax laws, technological developments, unexpected changes in consumer spending and saving 
habits, timely development and introduction of new products, and management’s ability to anticipate and manage the risks associated with 
these factors. It is important to note that the preceding list is not exhaustive of possible factors. 

These and other factors should be considered carefully and readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking 
statements as a number of important factors could cause the Bank’s actual results to differ materially from the expectations expressed in such 
forward-looking statements. Unless required by securities law, the Bank does not undertake to update any forward-looking statement, whether 
written or verbal, that may be made from time to time by it or on its behalf.

Assumptions about the performance of the Canadian economy in 2009 and how it will affect CWB’s businesses are material factors the Bank 
considers when setting its objectives. In setting performance target ranges for fiscal 2009, management’s expectations assume 

·  prolonged economic uncertainty that includes significantly challenged global economies and troubled markets; 

·  moderated economic activity in Western Canada; 

·  a declining interest rate environment supported by stable inflation, partially attributed to lower energy and commodity prices; 

·  sound credit quality with actual losses remaining within the Bank’s historic range of acceptable levels; and

·  a compressed net interest margin consistent with elevated deposit costs, reduced prime lending rates, comparatively lower investment returns 
reflecting high quality assets held in the securities portfolio and the Bank’s higher liquidity levels maintained in response to disruptions in 
financial markets; partially offset by expectations for higher credit spreads and a corresponding increase in loan yields on both new lending 
facilities and renewal accounts.

Taxable Equivalent Basis (teb)

Most banks analyze revenue on a taxable equivalent basis to permit uniform measurement and comparison of net interest income. Net interest 
income (as presented in the consolidated statements of income) includes tax-exempt income on certain securities. Since this income is not 
taxable, the rate of interest or dividend received is significantly lower than would apply to a loan or security of the same amount. The adjustment 
to taxable equivalent basis of $5.7 million (2007 – $5.4 million) increases interest income and the provision for income taxes to what they would 

   WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      23

have been had the tax-exempt securities been taxed at the statutory rate. The taxable equivalent basis does not have a standardized meaning 
prescribed by GAAP and, therefore, may not be comparable to similar measures presented by other banks. Total revenues, net interest income 
and income taxes are discussed on a taxable equivalent basis throughout this Management’s Discussion and Analysis (MD&A). 

Non-GAAP Measures

Taxable equivalent basis, return on shareholders’ equity, return on assets, efficiency ratio, net interest margin, tangible common equity to 
risk-weighted assets, Tier 1 and total capital adequacy ratios, average balances, claims loss ratio, expense ratio and combined ratio do not 
have standardized meanings prescribed by GAAP and, therefore, may not be comparable to similar measures presented by other financial 
institutions. The non-GAAP measures used in this MD&A are calculated as follows:

·  taxable equivalent basis – described above;

·  return on shareholders’ equity – net income divided by average shareholders’ equity; 

·  return on assets – net income divided by average total assets;

·  efficiency ratio – non-interest expenses divided by total revenues (net interest income plus other income);

·  net interest margin – net interest income divided by average total assets;

·  tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets – shareholders’ equity less subsidiary goodwill divided by risk-weighted assets, calculated in 
accordance with guidelines issued by the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada (OSFI). As of November 1, 2007 
(as described on page 43 in the Capital Management section of the Management’s Discussion and Analysis), OSFI adopted a new capital 
management framework called Basel II and capital is now managed and reported in accordance with those requirements. Prior year ratios 
have been calculated using the previous framework;

·  Tier 1 and total capital adequacy ratios – in accordance with guidelines issued by OSFI. As of November 1, 2007 on page 43 in the Capital 
Management section of the Management’s Discussion and Analysis), OSFI changed their methodology and capital is now managed and 
reported in accordance with the requirements of Basel II. Prior year ratios have been calculated using the previous framework.

·  average balances – average daily balances;

·  claims loss ratio – net insurance claims and adjustment expenses as a percentage of net earned premiums;

·  expense ratio – policy acquisition costs and non-interest expenses net of commissions and processing fees as a percentage of net earned 

premiums; and

·  combined ratio – sum of the claims loss and expense ratios.

group financial performance

Overview

Highlights of 2008

·  Record net income of $102.0 million, an increase of 6%. Diluted earnings per share of $1.58, up 5%.

·  Record total revenues (teb) of $298.9 million, up 9%.

·  Increased domestic and global demand for liquidity, which caused a compressed net interest margin that significantly constrained 

revenue and profit growth due to the higher cost of deposits.

·  Very strong loan growth of 16%, driving total assets to more than $10.6 billion.

·  Sound credit quality.

·  Return on equity of 15.9%, 150 basis points lower than 2007.

·  Efficiency ratio (teb) of 45.2%, a 60 basis point deterioration reflecting constrained growth in net interest income (teb).

·  Acquired 72.5% ownership position in Adroit Investment Management Ltd., subsequent to year end.

·  Opened a new full-service commercial and retail banking centre in Leduc, AB.

·  Opened a Valiant Trust office in Toronto.

·  Cash dividends paid to shareholders increased 24%.

·  No direct exposure to any troubled asset-backed commercial paper, collateralized debt obligations, credit default swaps, U.S. subprime 

mortgages or monoline insurers.

24      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

table 1 – select annual financial information(1) 
($ thousands, except per share amounts)

Key Performance Indicators
Net income

Earnings per share(2)

Basic

Diluted

Provision for credit losses as a

percentage of average loans

Net interest margin (teb)

Net interest margin

Efficiency ratio(4) (expenses to revenues) (teb)

Efficiency ratio 

Return on common shareholders’ equity

Return on average total assets

Other Financial Information
Total revenues (teb)

Total revenues

Total assets

Subordinated debentures

Dividends

2008	

2007 

2006 

$ 

Change from 2007

	 $	

102,019	

  $ 

96,282 

  $ 

72,007 

  $ 

5,737 

1.61	

1.58	

1.54 

1.50 

 1.17 

1.13 

0.07 

0.08 

% 

6%

5 

5 

0.15%     

0.16%     

0.20%  

(1)bp(3)

2.30

2.25

45.2	

46.1	

15.9	

1.03	

2.58

2.51

44.6 

45.5 

17.4 

1.18 

2.62

2.56

46.0 

46.9 

14.8 

1.12 

	 $	

298,857	

  $ 

273,480 

  $ 

221,770 

  $ 

293,186		

	 		 10,600,732	

375,000	

0.42	

268,070 

9,525,040 

390,000 

0.34 

217,692 

7,268,360 

198,126 

0.25 

25,377 

25,116 

1,075,692 

(15,000)

0.08 

(28)

(26)

60 

60 

(150)

(15)

9%

9 

11 

(4)

24 

(1)   See page 23 and page 24 for a discussion of teb and non-GAAP measures.
(2)  A stock dividend effecting a two-for-one split of the Bank’s common shares was paid during 2007. All prior period common share and per common share information has been restated to  

reflect this effective split.

(3)   bp – basis points.
(4)   A decrease in the ratio reflects improved efficiency, while an increase reflects deterioration.

Net income surpassed the $100 million milestone to reach $102.0 million, a 6% ($5.7 million) increase over 2007. Increased market presence 
and expanded infrastructure combined with relatively strong economic conditions across Western Canada were primary factors contributing 
to solid financial results in a very difficult market for the global financial sector. Annual total revenues (teb) grew 9% to reach $298.9 million 
reflecting very strong 16% ($1,218 million) growth in total loans and a 12% ($7.4 million) increase in other income, partially offset by the 
impact of a significantly lower net interest margin. The margin compression reflects increased deposit costs related to ongoing disruptions 
in financial and credit markets, consecutive reductions in the prime lending interest rate and high liquidity levels maintained in response to 
market uncertainties. Credit quality remained sound and the provision for credit losses as a percentage of average loans was 15 basis points, 
compared to 16 basis points in 2007 and an average of 20 basis points over the past five years. CWB’s efficiency ratio (teb), which measures 
non-interest expense as a percentage of total revenues (teb), deteriorated 60 basis points from last year to 45.2%. The moderate deterioration 
in the efficiency ratio (teb) reflects constrained growth in net interest income due to margin compression and an 11% increase in non-interest 
expenses mainly resulting from continued business growth and investment in future development initiatives, partially offset by the positive 
earnings impact of strong loan growth and higher other income. Diluted earnings per share of $1.58 increased 5% from $1.50 a year earlier. 
Return on shareholders’ equity of 15.9% was down 150 basis points compared to 2007 while return on assets decreased 15 basis points 
to 1.03%. Margin compression was also the main factor contributing to the year-over-year reduction in key profitability ratios. Total cash 
dividends paid to shareholders grew 24% as a result of two increases in the quarterly dividend rate.

Total assets increased 11% to reach $10,601 million, driven by very strong loan growth of 16%. Loan growth reflects excellent double-digit 
performance in the real estate, general commercial and personal lending sectors, partially offset by negative growth in both the equipment 
financing and energy lending sectors. Loans grew at double-digit levels across all four western provinces, with activity in BC providing the 
strongest annual contributions in both dollar and percentage terms. Loans in the Bank’s alternative residential mortgage business, Optimum 
Mortgage, increased 25% in the year and comprised approximately 5% of total loans at fiscal year end.

Ongoing strategies to increase internal funding sources showed good results, with 10% growth in total branch-generated deposits. The demand 
and notice component within branch-raised deposits increased 8% to comprise 26% of total deposits, compared to 27% in 2007. A portion of 
growth in demand and notice deposits reflects the success of CWB’s high-interest Summit Savings Account ®. In response to events in financial 
markets that commenced in the summer of 2007, additional insured fixed rate retail deposits have been raised through the deposit broker 
network to augment the Bank’s liquidity position. This higher liquidity is reflected in the slight decrease in branch-generated deposits as a 
percentage of total deposits, which was 63%, down from 64% in 2007. 

   WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      25

 
	 		
    
    
   
    
    
	 		
    
    
    
    
	 			
    
    
    
    
	 			
    
	 		
    
    
 
    
	 		
    
    
 
    
	 		
    
    
    
	 		
    
    
    
	 		
    
    
 
    
	 		
    
    
 
    
    
	 		
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
	 		
    
    
    
    
	 		
    
    
    
    
During 2008, CWB completed a $50 million issue of subordinated debentures to support continued loan growth and help offset the impact of 
$65 million of subordinated debentures that were redeemed during the year. The success of this issue in volatile markets underscores ongoing 
confidence in CWB and was consistent with the Bank’s objective to maintain a strong and efficient capital base.

table 2 – performance targets
The performance targets established for the 2008 fiscal year, together with actual performance, and new target ranges for fiscal 2009 are 
presented below:

Net income growth

Total revenue (teb) growth

Loan growth

Provision for credit losses as a percentage of average loans

Efficiency ratio (teb)

Return on equity

Return on assets 

Outlook for Overall Financial Performance

2008 

Target

15% 	 	
17% 	 	
15% 	 	
0.15% 	 	
45% 	 	
17% 	 	
1.10% 	 	

2008	 

2009  

Performance

    Target Ranges

6%    
9%    
	16%    
0.15%    
45.2%    
15.9%    
1.03%     

2 to 5%

5 to 8%

10%

0.15 to 0.18%

46 to 49%

14 to 16%

0.90 to 1.05%

Expected growth in both total revenues and net income in 2009 is supported by another year of double-digit loan growth and ongoing 
solid contributions from insurance and trust services, offset by a further decline in net interest margin. There are also expectations for 
a period of prolonged uncertainty brought about by significantly challenged economies, troubled markets and a very uncertain global 
economic outlook. Economic activity in Western Canada is expected to moderate further compared to recent prior periods, but should 
remain sound relative to the rest of Canada. On a further positive note, there has been unprecedented co-operation and actions taken 
by governments and central bankers worldwide to help alleviate some economic stress and uncertainty. Although the recent reduction 
in energy and other commodity prices will slow growth in parts of the Bank’s chosen markets, it will also provide much-needed cost 
relief for consumers and businesses in Canada and globally. Fiscal flexibility associated with consecutive years of government surpluses, 
combined with generally favourable tax regimes and a low interest rate environment, also supports increased business activity in times of 
heightened economic challenges. 

There should be ongoing quality lending opportunities in real estate and construction markets, although activity in these areas has 
moderated considerably from highs observed over the past several years, and pay downs from interim construction loans will have an 
increased relative impact on growth. A continued reduction in activity for lending areas related to forestry and natural gas markets is also 
apparent. Despite an increase in gross impaired loans in 2008, actual write-offs are expected to remain within the Bank’s historic range 
of acceptable levels. CWB will maintain its disciplined, secured underwriting practices and continue to monitor the credit environment 
very closely for signs for further material shifts in economic fundamentals. The credit focus will remain centred on funding quality assets 
that offer a fair and profitable return. Management is continually implementing revised pricing objectives for all new and renewal lending 
facilities, which should help ease pressures on the Bank’s net interest margin over time. High liquidity levels will be maintained until 
elevated market uncertainties subside. Although this strategy has a negative effect on net interest margin, it is consistent with the Bank’s 
conservative risk tolerance and will ensure CWB remains well positioned to manage future unexpected events. Pressures on net interest 
margin are expected to continue until overall deposit costs ease and market spreads return to more normal levels.

With its strong balance sheet and quality loan portfolio, the Bank remains well positioned to manage through the current credit cycle. 
Management is also looking to capitalize on accretive growth opportunities that may become available, including strategic acquisitions. 
A continued emphasis on core banking and trust operations supported by higher income contributions from the insurance segment are 
expected to further strengthen the Bank’s ability to grow and increase market recognition. Newly acquired, Edmonton-based Adroit 
Investment Management Ltd. is expected to have a modest positive impact on earnings in fiscal 2009. 

26      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

   
   
   
   
   
   
    
   
   
    
    
    
   
Net Interest Income

Highlights of 2008

·  Net interest income (teb) was a record $228.6 million, up 9%. 

·  Net interest margin (teb) was 2.30%, down 28 basis points from 2.58% in 2007.

Net interest income is the difference between interest and dividends earned on assets and interest expensed on deposits and other liabilities, 
including debentures. Net interest margin is net interest income as a percentage of average total assets.

table 3 – net interest income (teb)(1) 
($ thousands)

Assets
Cash, securities and deposits with

2008

2007

Average 

Balance

Mix

Interest

Rate

Interest 

Average 

Balance

Mix

Interest

Rate

Interest 

regulated financial institutions  $  1,684,982	 		

17% 	$ 

70,485	 		

4.18%  $  1,404,004    

17%  $ 

62,404    

4.44%

172,347	 		

	 1,924,444	

		 5,985,897	

	 7,910,341	

	 9,767,670	

163,093	

$  9,930,763	

5,961	 		

3.46	

51,657    

115,168	

376,824	

491,992	

99	

568,438	
–	
100% 	$  568,438	

1	

5.98	

6.30	

6.22	

5.82	

   1,561,866    

   5,008,165    

   6,570,031    

   8,025,692    

151,853    

0.00	
5.72%  $  8,177,545    

1 

19 

61 

80 

98 

2 

2,274    

4.40 

97,014    

342,653    

439,667    

504,345    

–    

6.21 

6.84 

6.69 

6.28 

0.00 

100%  $  504,345    

6.17%

Securities purchased under

resale agreements

Loans

Residential mortgages

  Other loans

Total interest bearing assets

Other assets

Total Assets

Liabilities
Deposits

Demand

Notice

Fixed term

 Deposit from CWB Capital Trust 		

105,000	 		

Other liabilities

Subordinated debentures

Shareholders’ equity

		 8,598,807	 		

291,533	 		

396,953	 		

643,470	 		

Total Liabilities and Equity

 $  9,930,763	 		

	$	 369,276	 		

4% 	$	

		 2,033,863	 		

		 6,090,668	 		

–	 		

53,593	 		

257,210	 		

6,751	 		

317,554	 		
–	 		

4	

22,267	 		
–	 		
100% 	$  339,821	 		

7	

0.00%  $  361,526    
   1,494,823    

2.64	

4.22	

6.43	

3.69	

0.00	

5.61	

   5,088,457    

105,000    

   7,049,806    

259,741    

315,776    

552,222    

0.00	
3.42%  $  8,177,545    
2.30%  $  8,177,545   

5%  $ 

–    

0.00%

18 

62 

1 

86 

3 

4 

7 

45,611    

223,481    

6,748    

275,840    

–    

17,846    

–    

100%  $  293,686    

 $  210,659    

3.05 

4.39 

6.43 

3.91 

0.00 

5.65 

0.00 

3.59%

2.58%

Total Assets/Net Interest Income  $  9,930,763	 	

	$  228,617	 		

(1)  See page 23 and page 24 for a discussion of teb and other non-GAAP measures.

Net interest income (teb) increased 9% ($18.0 million) in the year, driven by 22% growth in average interest bearing assets, largely offset by the 
significant negative impact of a 28 basis point decline in net interest margin (teb) to 2.30%. The lower net interest margin compared to 2007 
mainly reflects increased deposit costs related to ongoing disruptions in global financial and credit markets, consecutive reductions in the prime 
lending interest rate and higher liquidity levels maintained through the year in response to market uncertainties. Reductions in the prime lending 
rate have a temporary negative impact on net interest income as the Bank’s loan portfolio reprices more quickly than its deposit liabilities. The 
opposite effect occurs on net interest margin when interest rates rise. The incremental margin earned on lower cost notice and demand deposits 
also reduces as the prime rate decreases to historically low levels. Illustrating the significant impact of ongoing market turmoil on CWB’s overall 
financial performance, based on average total assets at year end, it is estimated that every one basis point improvement in net interest margin 

   WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      27

2	

20

60	

80	

20	

61	

1	

86	

3	

 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
		
			
  
  
	
		
	
  
	
		
	
  
 
	
		
	
  
	
		
	
  
	
	
		
	
  
  
	
	
		
  
		
  
 
		
  
  
 
		
  
		
		
  
  
		
		
  
  
		
		
  
  
(teb) would increase annual net interest income (teb) by approximately $1.0 million, all else being equal; the opposite effect would occur on 
annual net interest income (teb) when net interest margin declines by one basis point. CWB’s net interest margin (teb) in the fiscal year ended 
October 31, 2007 was 2.58%. The Bank’s average net interest margin (teb) over the past ten years, including fiscal 2008, was 2.59%. 

The average balance of demand and notice deposits increased 29% to comprise 24% of average funding sources (liabilities and equity), 
compared to 23% in 2007. 

The prime rate averaged 5.21%, compared to 6.08% last year and had declined to 4.00% at October 31, 2008. 

Outlook for Net Interest Income

Fiscal 2009 net interest income is expected to increase with targeted loan growth of 10%, but net interest margin compression will 
continue to constrain associated revenue growth. Management continues to implement revised pricing objectives for new and renewal 
lending facilities, which should help offset higher deposit costs over time, but pressures are expected to continue until elevated 
uncertainties in financial and credit markets subside. Higher liquidity strengthens the Bank’s overall financial position, but has a negative 
effect on net interest margin as only a nominal spread is earned on investment. Management expects further decreases in the prime 
lending interest rate, which will also have a negative impact on net interest margin as the Bank’s loan portfolio reprices more quickly than 
its deposit liabilities. In addition, the yield on government quality investment securities has declined significantly as a result of ongoing 
uncertainty and central bank policies to lower interest rates.

Other Income

Highlights of 2008

·  Other income increased 12% ($7.4 million).

·  Other income represented 24% of total revenues (teb), compared to 23% in 2007, reflecting comparatively slower growth in net interest 

income due to a compressed net interest margin.

table 4 – other income 
($ thousands)

Insurance

Net earned premiums

Commissions and processing fees

Net claims and adjustment expenses

 Policy acquisition costs

Net insurance revenues

Credit related

Trust services

Retail services

Gains on sales of securities, net

Foreign exchange

Other(1)

Total Other Income

2008	

2007 

$ 

Change from 2007

	 $	

97,943	

  $ 

94,914 

  $ 

2,876	

(64,380)

(20,573)

15,866	

26,998	

13,299	

7,689	

4,725	

1,225	

438	

2,751 

(62,391)

(20,011)

15,263 

22,426 

14,943 

7,290 

438 

2,159 

302 

	 $	

70,240	

  $ 

62,821 

  $ 

3,029 

125 

(1,989)

(562)

603 

4,572 

(1,644)

399 

4,287 

(934)

136 

7,419 

% 

3%

5 

3 

3

4 

20 

(11) 

5 

979 

(43) 

45 

12%

(1)  Includes changes in fair value related to derivative financial instruments not accounted for as hedges, gains/losses on land, buildings and equipment disposals, and other miscellaneous 

  non-interest revenues.

28      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

 
 
	 	
   
   
   
   
	 	
   
   
   
	 	
   
    
   
 
	 	
   
    
   
	 	
   
    
   
	 	
   
    
   
	 	
   
    
   
	 	
   
    
   
	 	
   
    
   
	 	
   
    
   
	 	
   
   
   
   
Other income of $70.2 million represented a 12% ($7.4 million) increase over 2007. Credit related fee income increased 20% ($4.6 million) 
while combined gains on securities sales and other were up $4.4 million in the aggregate. The increase in credit related fee income was primarily 
driven by very strong lending activity while higher gains on securities sales mainly resulted from transactions related to favourable pricing observed 
on certain high quality, short-term debt investments. Foreign exchange income was $0.9 million lower than 2007 due to an unrealized loss on 
a U.S. dollar net liability position held at year end. Trust services fee income declined 11% ($1.6 million) reflecting the combination of income 
earned from unusually large trust transactions that occurred late in fiscal 2007 and a marked reduction in overall capital markets activity in 2008. 
Retail service fees primarily reflect volume-driven commercial account transaction fees and growth in mutual fund fees and commissions, as well 
as increased brand awareness relating to CWB’s expanded suite of financial products and services. Net insurance revenues were 4% ($0.6 million) 
higher than last year reflecting continued business growth, largely offset by a $2.8 million negative before tax change in Canadian Direct’s share of 
the Alberta auto risk sharing pools (the Pools). The Pools’ results in 2008 reflect a $1.0 million before tax loss due to an unfavourable adjustment 
to unpaid claims reserves based on revised loss assumptions derived by the Pools’ consulting actuary. The adjustment was specifically attributed 
to the impact of a decision rendered on February 8, 2008 by the Court of Queen’s Bench of Alberta that resulted in the lifting of the cap on 
the amount a claimant may receive in respect of minor injuries suffered in an automobile accident. In fiscal 2007, the Pools’ contribution was  
a positive $1.9 million before tax. Absent the Pools’ impact in both years, net insurance revenues increased 26% ($3.5 million) over 2007. 

Other income as a percentage of total revenues (net interest income and other income) increased slightly to 24%, compared to 23% in the 
prior year. This change was mainly attributed to comparatively slower growth in net interest income, as the positive impact of very strong  
loan volume was significantly offset by the compressed net interest margin.

Outlook for Other Income

Solid growth in other income is expected to continue in fiscal 2009. The Bank will maintain its focus on enhancing transactional services 
with an objective to increase fee income through ongoing generation of new business, increased market presence and expanded product 
offerings, including wealth management services provided by Adroit, CWB’s newly acquired subsidiary. This strategy is supported by 
confirmed plans for a continued expansion of the branch network and further development of existing premises. Trust services also 
expects solid growth resulting from increased market share, enhanced product offerings and ongoing business development in both core 
western markets and select areas in Ontario. Net insurance revenues should benefit from ongoing policy growth supported by Canadian 
Direct’s enhanced distribution capabilities, which will include ongoing development of its Internet-based technology platform and an 
expanded broker network in BC. Shifts in the interest rate curve and market spread fluctuations may also provide opportunities to realize 
further gains on the sale of certain high quality debt investments.

   WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      29

Non-Interest Expenses and Efficiency

Highlights of 2008

·  An efficiency ratio (teb) of 45.2%, a 60 basis point deterioration, primarily reflecting constrained growth in net interest income from 

margin compression.

·  Non-interest expenses were up 11% ($13.2 million) over 2007, largely driven by increased costs related to continued business growth.

table 5 – non-interest expenses and efficiency ratio 
($ thousands)

2008	

2007 

$  

Change from 2007

Salaries and Employee Benefits

Salaries

 Employee benefits

Premises
Rent

Depreciation

  Other

Equipment and Furniture

Depreciation

  Other

General

Professional fees and services

Marketing and business development

Postage and stationery

Capital and business taxes

Banking charges

Travel

Communications

General insurance

Regulatory costs

  Other

Total Non-Interest Expenses

Efficiency Ratio (teb)(1)

	 $	

72,558	

  $ 

64,130 

  $ 

15,102	

87,660	

10,402	

2,279	

1,698	

14,379	

4,069	

3,912	

7,981	

4,386	

3,285	

2,633	

2,280	

	2,143	

	1,441	

	1,090	

	1,081	

	1,066	

	5,741	

	25,146	

 12,376 

 76,506 

9,802 

 2,064 

 1,695 

 13,561 

 3,410 

 3,268 

 6,678 

 5,319 

 3,228 

 2,706 

 2,725 

 1,771 

 1,363 

 938 

 1,054 

979 

 5,106 

 25,189 

8,428 

 2,726 

 11,154 

 600 

 215 

 3 

 818 

659 

 644 

 1,303 

 (933)

 57 

 (73)

 (445)

 372 

 78 

 152 

 27 

 87 

 635 

 (43)

% 

13%

22 

15 

6 

10 

0 

6 

19 

20 

20 

(18) 

2 

(3) 

(16) 

21 

6 

16 

3 

9 

12 

0 

	 $	

135,166	

  $  121,934 

  $ 

13,232 

45.2%

44.6%

11%

(60)bp(2)

(1)  Non-interest expenses as a percentage of total revenues (net interest income (teb) plus other income). See page 24 for a discussion of non-GAAP measures.
(2)  bp – basis points.

Total non-interest expenses of $135.2 million increased 11% ($13.2 million) over 2007. Higher non-interest expenses mainly reflect an 
increased staff complement, with full-time equivalent employees growing 8% from October 31, 2007. Other factors include annual salary 
increments, additional premises costs related to a 5% increase in total square footage, a $0.5 million interest adjustment related to staff loans 
and deposits that increase both benefit costs and net interest income, $1.3 million of additional non-cash, stock-based compensation expense 
(total expense of $5.8 million, compared to $4.5 million in 2007), partially offset by the absence of $0.9 million professional fees incurred in 
the prior year related to a 2007 income tax recovery and lower capital taxes. Other increases in non-interest expenses mainly reflect costs to 
manage business growth, including inflationary pressures related to Western Canada’s relatively robust economic activity. 

Growth in non-interest expenses surpassed growth in total revenues (teb), leading to an efficiency ratio (teb) of 45.2%, a 60 basis point 
deterioration compared to the prior year. Non-interest expenses as a percentage of average assets decreased to 1.4% from 1.5% in 2007. 

30      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

 
	 	
   
   
   
   
 
		 	
   
   
   
 
		 	
   
   
   
		 	
    
   
   
		 	
   
   
   
		 	
   
   
   
 
		 	
   
   
   
		 	
   
    
   
		 	
   
   
   
 
		 	
   
   
   
		 	
   
   
   
		 	
   
   
   
		 	
   
   
   
		 	
   
   
   
	 	
   
   
   
	 	
   
   
   
	 	
   
   
   
	 	
   
   
   
	 	
    
   
   
	 	
   
   
   
 
	 	
   
   
   
   
	 	
 
Outlook for Non-Interest Expenses and Efficiency

Constrained growth in total revenues (teb) attributed to margin compression had a substantial negative impact on the efficiency ratio in 
2008, and most of this pressure is expected to remain due to the unprecedented events in financial markets. Management has assumed 
that market uncertainties will persist throughout 2009. While strong fiscal responsibility will be maintained, continued effective execution 
of CWB’s strategic focus on people, process, infrastructure and business enhancement will require increased spending in areas mainly 
correlated with enhancements to the Bank’s growth platform, including additional staff complement, ongoing premises and equipment 
upgrades, and plans for additional new Bank branches. These initiatives are an integral part of management’s commitment to maximize 
shareholder value over the long-term and are expected to provide significant benefits in future periods, despite the short-term consequence 
as it relates to the efficiency ratio (teb) in the presence of compressed net interest margins. Building on CWB’s position as an employer of 
choice is also a key priority and annual salary increments and further enhancements to the Bank’s benefit plan are anticipated.  Although 
a reduction in energy and other commodity prices will likely slow economic growth in parts of CWB’s chosen markets, it will also 
provide much-needed cost relief across many areas of the Bank’s businesses. Further reductions in provincial capital taxes should also 
provide moderate relief as it relates to total non-interest expenses. Overall, CWB expects to maintain its efficiency ratio (teb) within a 
range of 46% – 49% in fiscal 2009. 

Income and Capital Taxes

The provision for income taxes (teb) was 32.7%, up from 31.9% in the prior year. The current year’s provision includes $1.0 million of additional 
tax expense resulting from the write-down of future tax assets to reflect lower future federal corporate income tax rates. The prior year’s provision 
included a tax benefit recognized from prior period transactions that reduced income taxes by $3.5 million and the effective tax rate by 260 
basis points. The provision before the teb adjustment was 30.1%, compared to 29.2% in the previous year. Lower statutory income tax rates resulted 
in a 130 basis point reduction in the provision for current income taxes compared to 2007. Lower effective tax rates mainly reflect reductions in 
federal corporate income tax rates. Effective July 1, 2008, the corporate provincial income tax rates in British Columbia (BC), Saskatchewan 
and Manitoba each decreased 100 basis points to 11%, 12% and 13%, respectively, and will benefit after tax earnings in future periods. 

Future tax assets and liabilities represent the cumulative amount of tax applicable to temporary differences between the carrying amount of  
the assets and liabilities and their values for tax purposes. The future income tax asset relates primarily to the general allowance for credit losses. 
Future tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted or substantively enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years 
in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Changes in future income taxes related to a change in tax rates are 
recognized in income in the period of the tax rate change. 

Capital losses of $11.1 million (2007 – $11.1 million) are available to apply against future capital gains and have no expiry date. The tax 
benefit of these capital losses has not been recognized.

table 6 – capital taxes 
($ thousands)

British Columbia

Alberta

Saskatchewan

Manitoba

Total Capital Taxes

Capital

Capital

Tax Rate

    Allocation

0.81%(1)

n/a

0.70%    

3.00%    

	 $	

27%

68%

4%

1%

2008	

1,469	

–	

283	

249	

– 

267 

395 

– 

16 

(146)

(408)

	 $ 

2,001	

  $ 

2,409 

  $ 

Change from 2007

2007 

$

  $ 

1,747 

  $ 

(278)

%

(16)%

– 

6 

(37) 

(17)%

(1)  The BC capital tax rate decreased from 1.00% to 0.67% effective April 1, 2008. The above table reflects the blended rate for 2008.

Capital taxes for 2008 totaled $2.0 million, representing a 17% decline from 2007. Lower capital taxes are mainly attributed to a 2008 decrease 
in the capital tax rate in BC, partially offset by increased capital associated with the retention of earnings and additional subordinated 
debentures. BC capital taxes are expected to be completely eliminated by April 1, 2010.

Outlook

The effective tax rate (teb) is anticipated to be approximately 30.5% in 2008. Provincially levied capital taxes are expected to decline in 
conjunction with the above-mentioned rate reductions, partially offset by the ongoing retention of earnings.

   WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      31

   
   
 
   
	 	
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
		 	
   
    
   
   
		 	
   
   
   
   
		 	
   
   
   
 
 
   
Comprehensive Income 

Comprehensive income is composed of net income and other comprehensive income (OCI). CWB’s OCI includes unrealized gains and losses 
on available-for-sale cash and securities, and derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges, all net of tax.

table 7 – comprehensive income  
($ thousands)

Net Income

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Available-for-sale securities

 Losses from change in fair value, net of tax

 Reclassification to other income, net of tax

Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges

 Gain (Losses) from change in fair value, net of tax

Reclassification to net interest income, net of tax

 Reclassification to other liabilities for derivatives terminated prior to maturity, net of tax

Total Comprehensive Income 

Cash and Securities

2008    
102,019	    $ 

2007

96,282 

	 $	

(2,631)     
(3,271)     
(5,902)     

9,341	     
(1,773)     
(938)     
6,630	     
728	     
102,747	    $ 

(5,544)

(295)

(5,839)

(403)

1,805 

– 

1,402 

(4,437)

91,845 

	 $	

Cash and securities were held above normal historic levels since late in fiscal 2007 and will be maintained until ongoing turmoil in financial 
and credit markets subsides. This strategy has a negative effect on net interest margin as only a nominal spread is earned on investment, but 
is consistent with the Bank’s conservative risk tolerance and augments its strong position to manage future unexpected events. Cash resources, 
securities, and securities purchased under resale agreements totaled $1,798 million at year end, compared to $1,961 million last year and 
$1,333 million at October 31, 2006. The year-over-year decrease reflects strong loan demand, a revised methodology for measuring and 
monitoring liquidity and the decision to modestly reduce liquidity from the very high level held at the end of last year. Enhanced liquidity and 
deposit monitoring has enabled the Bank to assess risks under various scenarios and to decrease the levels of liquid asset coverage on a general 
basis. The Bank has no direct exposure to any troubled asset-backed commercial paper, collateralized debt obligations, credit default swaps, 
U.S. subprime lending or monoline insurers.

All of CWB’s cash and securities have been designated as available-for-sale and are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value with changes  
in value recognized in other comprehensive income. The unrealized loss recorded on the balance sheet at October 31, 2008 was $17.8 million, 
compared to an unrealized loss as at October 31, 2007 of $9.3 million. The cash and securities portfolio is primarily comprised of high quality 
debt instruments and preferred shares that are not held for trading purposes. Where applicable, all securities are typically held until maturity. 
Fluctuations in fair value are generally attributed to changes in interest rates, market spreads and shifts in the interest rate curve. See Table 27 – 
Valuation of Financial Instruments on page 53 of this MD&A for additional information. 

Cash and securities are managed in conjunction with CWB’s overall liquidity and additional information is included in the Liquidity 
Management discussion beginning on page 39 of this MD&A.

Loans

Highlights of 2008

·  Very strong loan growth of 16%, marking nineteen consecutive years of double-digit loan growth.

·  Growth in construction and real estate loans of 33%. 

·  Growth in commercial loans of 24%.

·  Growth in personal loans and residential mortgages, including Optimum Mortgage, of 21%.

·  Decline of 7% in equipment financing loans.

·  Decline of 55% in energy loans.

32      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

 
	 	
		 	
 
		 	
 
		 	
		 	
		 	
 
		 	
 
		 	
 
		 	
The shaded areas of this MD&A represent a discussion of risk management policies and procedures relating to credit, market and liquidity 
risks as required under the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants (CICA) Handbook Financial Instruments – Disclosures and 
Presentation, which permits these specific disclosures to be included in the MD&A. Therefore, the shaded areas presented on page 33 and 
pages 54 to 57 of this MD&A form an integral part of the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended October 31, 2008.

table 8 – outstanding loans by type and by provincial location of security 
($ millions)

British  

		Composition 

Columbia  

Alberta  

 Saskatchewan  

   Manitoba  

Other

Total(1)

   Percentage

October 31,	2008

Loans to Individuals

Residential mortgages(2)

  Other loans

Loans to Businesses(3)

Commercial

Construction and real estate(4)

Equipment financing

  Energy

	 $	

1,034	

	 $	

868	

	 $	

115	

	 $	

62	

	 $	

51	

	 $	

2,130	

110	

1,144	

710	

911	

338	

–	

1,959	

205	

1,073	

1,201	

1,344	

815	

156	

3,516	

24	

139	

86	

73	

39	

– 	 	

198	

3	

65	

83	

62	

13	

–	

158	

1	

52	

220	

144	

32	

–	

396	

343	

2,473	

2,300	

2,534	

1,237	

156	

6,227	

8,700	

Total Loans

	 $	

3,103	

	 $	

4,589	

		 $	

337	

	 $	

223	

		 $	

448	

		 $	

Composition Percentage

36%	 	

53%	 	

4%	 	

2%	 	

5%	 	

100%	

October	31,	2007

Loans to Individuals

Residential mortgages(2)

  $ 

889 

  $ 

720 

   $ 

80 

  $ 

48 

   $ 

45 

   $ 

1,782 

  Other loans

Loans to Businesses(3)

Commercial

Construction and real estate(4)

Equipment financing

  Energy

Total Loans

Composition Percentage

79 

968 

596 

688 

365 

22 

1,671 

157 

877 

970 

1,069 

891 

322 

3,252 

18 

98 

76 

65 

39 

– 

4 

52 

68 

57 

16 

– 

180 

141 

1 

46 

138 

31 

16 

– 

185 

  $ 

2,639 

  $ 

4,129 

   $ 

278 

  $ 

193 

   $ 

231 

   $ 

259 

2,041 

1,848 

1,910 

1,327 

344 

5,429 

7,470 

35%   

55%   

4%   

3%   

3%   

100% 

(1)  This table does not include an allocation of the allowance for credit losses or deferred revenue and premiums.
(2)   Includes single- and multi-unit residential mortgages and project (interim) mortgages on residential property.
(3)   Corporate loans (described on page 34) are included in Loans to Businesses based on the security of the specific loan and the nature of the borrower’s business.
(4)   Includes commercial term mortgages and project (interim) mortgages for non-residential property.

24%

4	

28	

27	

29	

14	

2	

72	

100%

24%

3

27%

25

25

18

5

73

100%

Total loans, excluding the allowance for credit losses, increased 16% ($1,218 million) to total $8,624 million at year end. Each lending sector 
achieved very strong double-digit growth with the exception of equipment financing and energy loans. CWB’s increased market presence, 
customer appreciation of the Bank’s Think Western® service commitment and relatively robust economic conditions contributed to this 
accomplishment. Year-over-year reductions in the equipment financing and energy lending sectors were primarily attributed to challenges 
related to softness in the forestry and natural gas services industries.

The mix of loan type shifted during the year (see Figure 1 on page 34) with the level of growth in real estate project loans, residential 
mortgages, corporate loans, commercial mortgages and general commercial loans offsetting a decrease in oil and gas production loans and 
equipment financing. The geographic distribution of loans (see Figure 3 on page 37) also changed slightly year-over-year reflecting very strong 
lending activity in BC. Based on the location of security, AB and BC, respectively, represented 53% and 36% of total loans at year end.

   WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      33

	
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
	
		
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 		
	 	
	 		
	 	
	 	
 
	 	
	 	
	 		
	 	
	 		
	 		
	 	
	 	
	 	
		 	
		 	
		 	
		 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
		 	
	 	
		 	
		 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
		 	
	 	
		 	
		 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 		
	 		
	 		
	 	
 
	 	
	 	
	 		
	 	
	 		
	 		
	 	
	 	
	 	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
    
    
    
    
   
 
   
   
    
   
    
    
   
 
   
   
    
   
    
    
   
   
   
    
   
    
    
   
   
   
    
   
    
    
   
   
   
    
   
    
    
   
 
   
   
    
   
    
    
   
   
   
The Bank’s alternative residential mortgage business, Optimum Mortgage, showed very strong results and ended the year with total loans of 
$469 million, up 25%, to comprise approximately 5% of the total loan portfolio. Total deal activity surpassed prior years by a considerable 
margin and the overall outlook is relatively positive despite moderated residential sales activity and some softness in resale prices. This business 
continues to provide ample opportunities to produce strong returns while maintaining an acceptable risk profile. To date, actual losses in this 
portfolio have been minimal. Optimum’s loan book is entirely comprised of conventional residential first mortgages carrying a weighted average 
underwritten loan-to-value ratio at initiation of approximately 70%. The vast majority of these mortgages carry a fixed interest rate with the 
principal amortized over 25 years or less. Optimum began underwriting residential mortgages in certain targeted regions of Ontario in late 2008 
and, while in its infancy, this initiative has potential to provide notable opportunities for further growth and diversification of this portfolio.

Corporate loans are centrally sourced and administered through a designated lending group and include participation in select syndications 
structured and led primarily by the major Canadian banks. At October 31, 2008, this portfolio totaled $729 million (2007 – $477 million). 
This total excludes participation in various other syndicated facilities that are sourced through relationships developed at CWB branches – these 
loans are primarily real estate project loans and oil and gas production loans and are included under appropriate classifications in Figure 1.

figure 1 – loans by portfolio 
(October 31, 2007 in brackets)

General  
Commercial 20% (19%)

Personal Loans  
& Mortgages 13% (13%)

Corporate 
Loans 7% (6%)

Oil & Gas 
Production 2% (5%)

Commercial 
Mortgages 21% (19%)

Equipment 
Financing 14% (18%)

Real Estate 
Project Loans 23% (20%)

Outlook for Loans

CWB’s fiscal 2009 loan growth target of 10% reflects expectations for solid performance relative to ongoing turmoil in financial and 
credit markets, in addition to a very uncertain global economic outlook. We expect economic activity in Western Canada will moderate 
compared to recent prior periods, but will continue to perform well relative to the rest of Canada. CWB’s increased market presence and 
visibility, ongoing branch development and reduced competition in some business areas should further support the achievement of the 
Bank’s double-digit loan growth target. Expected paybacks from real estate project (interim construction) lending is expected to moderate 
overall growth compared to prior years, reflecting both reduced activity and the relatively short duration of loans in this portfolio. 

Credit Quality

Highlights of 2008

·  Credit quality remained sound.

·  Provision for credit losses was $12.0 million and represented 15 basis points of average loans, consistent with the fiscal 2008 target.

·  Gross impaired loans were within expectations in view of elevated uncertainties and slower economic growth and represented 106 basis 

points of total loans at October 31, 2008, compared to a historically low 28 basis points at the end of fiscal 2007.

Impaired Loans
As shown in Table 9 on page 35, gross impaired loans totaled $91.6 million and represented 106 basis points of outstanding loans. Fluctuations 
in the level of impaired loans are expected within normal operation of the loan portfolio and the level remains within the Bank’s historic 10-year 
range measured against average loans. Systemic softness in the forestry industry was apparent throughout fiscal 2008, mainly attributed to the 
economic slowdown in the U.S. construction industry and the appreciation of the Canadian currency. Total exposure to this industry remains 
low at approximately 2% of the portfolio. Natural gas prices were volatile, with exploration activity continuing to fall below the record levels 
seen several years ago. The impact of a rapid rise and recent decline of oil prices during the year is uncertain, but may also have an impact on 
conventional oil exploration activities. Non-conventional oil sands activities have long planning horizons, with a current backlog of capital 

34      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

investment. While impaired loans in the real estate sector are partially due to moderated residential sales activity in Western Canada, the dollar 
increase mainly represents a few isolated interim construction accounts that are not considered to be the result of systemic industry issues. The 
presence of other lenders with charges subordinated to CWB on certain lending facilities classified as impaired could potentially extend the time 
frame required to recover outstanding balances.

table 9 – change in gross impaired loans 
($ thousands)

Gross impaired loans, beginning of year

Net new formations (reductions)

Recoveries, net of write-offs (write-offs, net of recoveries)

Total

Gross Impaired Loans as a Percentage of Total Loans

    Change from

2008	

2007 

	 $	

21,104	

  $ 

10,403 

  $ 

70,016	

516	

11,400 

(699) 

	 $	

91,636	

  $ 

21,104 

  $ 

2007

10,701 

58,616 

1,215 

70,532 

1.06%    

0.28%    

0.78%

The provision for credit losses of $12.0 million increased $1.8 million over the previous year and represented 15 basis points of average loans, 
compared to 16 basis points in 2007. At October 31, 2008, gross impaired loans exceeded the total allowance for credit losses by $16.1 million, 
representing 19 basis points (2007 – negative 57 basis points) of net loans outstanding (see Figure 2). In the five years prior to fiscal 2008, 
relatively consistent dollar provisions for credit losses together with an exceptionally low level of impaired loans had resulted in the total allowance 
for credit losses exceeding gross impaired loans. The general allowance represented 70 basis points of risk-weighted assets at year end (2007 – 72 
basis points). The allowance for credit losses as a percentage of gross impaired loans (coverage ratio) decreased to 82% (2007 – 299%).

figure 2 – net impaired loans as a percentage of net loans outstanding

(0.57%)

(0.75%)

(0.68%)

(0.36%)

(0.36%)

2008

2007

2006

2005

2004

2003

2002

2001

2000

1999

0.19%

0.13%

0.25%

0.17%

0.54%

The portfolio is reviewed regularly with credit decisions undertaken on a case-by-case basis to provide early identification of possible adverse trends. 
Loans that have become impaired are monitored closely with regular quarterly, or more frequent, review of each loan and its realization plan.

Outlook for Impaired Loans

The dollar level of gross impaired loans fluctuates over time within the Bank’s range of acceptable levels as loans become impaired and 
are subsequently resolved. Gross impaired loans represented 106 basis points of total loans at October 31, 2008. The 10-year average 
for gross impaired loans measured against total loans is 83 basis points, with a high of 169 basis points in 1999 and a low of 18 basis 
points in 2006.  The absolute dollar level of gross impaired loans does not accurately identify the dollar amount of expected write-offs 
given tangible security held against the Bank’s lending positions. Existing loans classified as impaired are well structured and all current 
loss estimates are reflected in the specific provisions for credit losses. Overall credit quality is expected to remain sound and actual losses 
should be within CWB’s historic range of acceptable levels. It is anticipated that gross impaired loans will return to more normal levels 
over time once realization objectives are attained. The presence of other lenders with charges subordinated to CWB on certain lending 
facilities classified as impaired could potentially extend the time frame required to recover outstanding balances. Overall lending exposures 
will continue to be closely monitored and management remains confident in the strength, diversity and the underwriting structure of the 
loan portfolio. 

   WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      35

 
	 	
   
   
	 	
   
   
	 	
   
   
	 	
Allowance for Credit Losses
Table 10 shows the year-over-year change in the allocation of the allowance for credit losses to specific provisions by category of impaired loans 
and to the general allowance for credit risk.

table 10 – allowance for credit losses 
($ thousands)

Specific Provisions
Commercial

Real estate

Industrial

 Consumer and personal

General Allowance

Total

(1)  Recoveries in 2008 totaled $3,093 (2007 – $87).

2008  

  Write-Offs,

Opening  

net of

Balance  

Recoveries(1) 

Provision 	
for Credit  
Losses  

$ 

3,617 

$ 

(1,509)  

$ 

896 

2,550 

351 

7,414 

55,608 

63,022 

$ 

– 

767 

226 

(516)   

– 

$ 

985 

2,052 

3,864 

180 

7,081 

4,919 

$ 

(516)    $ 

12,000 

$	

2008

Ending

Balance

6,111	

2,948	

5,647	

305	

15,011	

60,527	

75,538	

The allowance for credit losses is maintained to absorb both identified and unidentified losses in the loan portfolio and, at October 31, 2008, 
consisted of $15.0 million in specific allowances and $60.5 million in the general allowance for credit losses. Specific allowances include the 
accumulated allowances for losses on identified impaired loans required to reduce the carrying value of those loans to their estimated realizable 
amount. The general allowance for credit risk includes allowances for future losses inherent in the portfolio that are not presently identifiable 
on an account-by-account basis. The general allowance represented 70 basis points of gross outstanding loans (2007 – 75 basis points) and 70 
basis points of risk-weighted assets (2007 – 72 basis points). An assessment of the adequacy of the general allowance is conducted quarterly 
and measured against the five- and 10-year loan loss averages. In addition, a method of applying a progressive (increasing with higher risk) loss 
ratio range against groups of loans of a common risk rating is utilized to test the adequacy of the general allowance. The general allowance is 
expected to increase in strong economic times and decrease in weaker economic times as allowances are allocated to specific credits. 

Policies and methodology governing the management of the general allowance are in place. The loan portfolio is delineated through the 
assignment of internal risk ratings to each borrower. The rating is based on assessments of key evaluation factors for the nature of the exposure 
applied on a consistent basis across the portfolio. The rating system has 12 levels of risk and ratings are updated at least annually for all loans, 
with the exception of consumer loans and single-unit residential mortgages. Development of additional methodology to support the testing of 
the adequacy of the general allowance will continue.

Outlook for Allowance for Credit Losses

Specific allowances will continue to be determined on an account-by-account basis and reviewed quarterly. The general allowance is 
expected to vary from quarter to quarter to account for portfolio growth, lower levels of specific allowances in strong economic times and 
higher levels of specific allowances in weaker economic times.

Provision for Credit Losses
The provision for credit losses represented 15 basis points of average loans in 2008 (see Table 11), a decrease from the five- and ten-year averages 
of 20 basis points and 21 basis points, respectively. The decrease in the provision as a percentage of average loans reflects relatively consistent 
dollar provisions coupled with robust asset growth. Net new specific provisions represented nine basis points of average loans in 2008. These 
results compare to the five- and ten-year trend when the net new specific provision for credit losses averaged eight basis points and 13 basis 
points of average loans, respectively. The credit quality of the portfolio resulted in 41% of the current year’s provision for credit losses being 
allocated to the general allowance for credit losses. The allowance at year end reflects $3.1 million of recoveries on loans written off in prior 
years. The Bank has a long history of strong credit quality and low loan losses, both of which compare very favourably to the Canadian banking 
industry. External factors that may impact Western Canada and the sectors in which the Bank’s customers operate are continually analyzed. 

36      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
		
  
 
 
 
  
 
		
	
  
 
 
 
  
 
		
	
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
		
	
  
 
 
 
 
		
	
  
 
 
 
  
 
		
	
 
 
		
table 11 – provision for credit losses 
($ thousands)

Provision for credit losses(1)

Net new specific provisions (net recovery)(2)

General allowance

Coverage ratio(3)

2008
0.15%    

0.09	

2007

0.16%    

0.04 

2006

0.20%    

(0.03)

2005

0.24%    

0.06 

2004

0.25%

0.22 

	 $	

60,527	

  $ 

55,608 

  $ 

48,037 

  $ 

36,462 

  $ 

28,816 

82%    

299%    

514%    

370%    

158%

(1)  As a percentage of average loans.
(2)  Portion of the year’s provision for credit losses allocated to specific provisions as a percentage of average loans.
(3)  Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of gross impaired loans.

Outlook for Provision for Credit Losses

The provision for credit losses in 2009 is expected to fall in a range between 15 – 18 basis points of average loans. The provision reflects 
an assessment of the current economic outlook, expected growth, the overall quality of the portfolio and its underlying security, as well as 
the adequacy of the general allowance for credit losses. This assessment will continue to be reviewed on a quarterly basis.

Diversification of Portfolio
Total Advances Based on Location of Security 
(see also Table 8 on page 33)

The following table illustrates the diversification in lending operations  
by standard industry sectors. 

figure 3 – geographical distribution of loans(1) 
(October 31, 2007 in brackets)

table 12 – total advances based on industry sector(1) 
% at October 31

British Columbia 36% (35%)

Construction

Alberta 53% (55%)

Real estate operations
Consumer loans and residential mortgages(2) 	 	
Transportation and storage

Saskatchewan 4% (4%)

Manitoba 2% (3%)

Other 5% (3%)

(1)  Includes letters of credit.

Oil and gas (service)

Health and social services

Hotel/motel

Oil and gas (production)

Manufacturing

Other services

Finance and insurance

Logging/forestry

Retail trade

Wholesale trade

All other

Total 

2008

24%    

22	

13	

2007

24%

20 

14 

6	

4	

4	

4	

3	

3	

3	

3	

2	

2	

2	

5	
100%    

7 

6 

1 

4 

4 

4 

4 

3 

3 

2 

2 

2 

100%

(1)  Table is based on the Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) codes.
(2)  Residential mortgages in this table include only single-family properties.

The loan portfolio is focused on areas of demonstrated lending expertise, while concentrations measured by geographic area and industry sector 
are managed within specified tolerance levels. The portfolio is well diversified with a mix of commercial and personal business. Equipment 
financing is sourced within branches or through stand-alone equipment financing centres, while oil and gas production lending is conducted by 
specialists in the Calgary market. In addition to these areas, real estate divisions are established in each major centre in which the Bank operates. 
A specialized group manages the alternative residential mortgage business, Optimum Mortgage, with administration based in Edmonton.

Outlook for Diversification of Portfolio

Portfolio diversification by geography is expected to remain consistent with prior years. Opportunities in interim construction lending 
have moderated compared to recent prior years and portfolio diversification by industry sector is expected to reflect slower growth in this 
area.

   WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      37

 
	 	
   
   
   
   
	 	
	 	
   
   
   
   
	 	
 
	 	
   
	 	
	 	
   
   
	 	
   
	 	
   
	 	
   
	 	
   
	 	
   
	 	
   
	 	
   
	 	
   
	 	
   
	 	
   
	 	
   
	 	
   
	 	
Deposits

Highlights of 2008

·  Personal deposits, which include the Bank’s lowest cost source of funding, increased 14%.

·  Business and government deposits increased 10%.

·  Branch and trust generated deposits were 63% of total deposits, down from 64% a year earlier, reflecting higher liquidity raised through 

the broker deposit network.

table 13 – deposits 
($ thousands)

Personal

Business and government 

Deposit taking institutions

Deposit from CWB Capital Trust(1)

Total Deposits

% of Total

Personal

Business and government

Deposit taking institutions

Deposit from CWB Capital Trust(1)

Total Deposits

% of Total

Demand

Notice

Term

2008		
Total

		 $	

16,071	

		 $	

732,630	

		 $	

4,601,439	

		 $	

5,350,140	

	367,012	

	1,277,409	

	2,136,158	

3,780,579	

	–	

	–	

	–	

	–	

	10,000	

	105,000	

10,000	

105,000	

		 $	

383,083	

		 $	

2,010,039	

		 $	

6,852,597	

		 $	

9,245,719	

4%	 	 	

22%	 	 	

74%	 	 	

100%	

% of  
Total

58%

41	

–	

1	

100%

Demand

Notice

Term

2007  
Total

                         % of  

 $ 

15,873 

 $ 

788,199 

 $ 

3,909,616 

  $   

4,713,688 

360,615 

1,055,600 

2,012,015 

3,428,230 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–  

 10,000 

 105,000 

10,000 

 105,000 

 $ 

376,488 

 $ 

1,843,799 

 $ 

6,036,631 

   $ 

8,256,918 

5% 

22% 

73% 

100% 

Total

57%

42 

– 

1 

100%

(1) 

 The senior deposit note of $105 million issued to Canadian Western Bank Capital Trust (CWB Capital Trust) is reflected as a deposit payable on a fixed date. This senior deposit note bears  
interest at an annual rate of 6.199% until December 31, 2016 and, thereafter, at the CDOR 180-day Bankers’ Acceptance Rate plus 2.55%. This note is redeemable at the Bank’s option, in 
whole or in part, on and after December 31, 2011, or earlier in certain specified circumstances, both subject to the approval of OSFI. Each one thousand dollars of WesTS note principal is 
convertible at any time into 40 non-cumulative redeemable CWB First Preferred Shares Series 1 of the Bank at the option of CWB Capital Trust. CWB Capital Trust will exercise this conver-
sion right in circumstances in which holders of WesTS exercise their holder exchange right. See the Capital Management discussion on page 42 of this MD&A or Note 14 to the consolidated 
financial statements for more information on WesTS and CWB Capital Trust.

Total deposits at year end of $9,246 million increased 12% ($989 million) over 2007, driven by 14% growth in personal and 10% growth in 
business and government deposits. Reflecting the Bank’s commercial focus, a considerable portion of the year-over-year growth in total branch 
deposits includes larger relationship-based commercial and wholesale balances that can be subject to greater fluctuation. (See the Liquidity 
Management section on page 39 of this MD&A.) 

table 14 – deposits by source 
(as a percentage of total deposits at October 31) 

Branches

Deposit brokers

Corporate wholesale

Deposit from CWB Capital Trust

Total

2008    
63%   

34	

2	

1	
100%   

2007    

64%   

2006    

66%   

33 

2 

1 

30 

2 

2 

2005    

2004

67%   

32     

1     

 –     

57%

42 

1 

– 

100%

100%   

100%   

100%   

Deposits are primarily generated from the branch network (including CWT) and a deposit broker network. Increasing the level of retail 
deposits is an ongoing focus as success in this area provides the most reliable and stable source of funding. CWB’s high-interest Summit Savings 
Account ® continued to be well received, with the total dollar value of deposits from this source growing $293 million in the year to reach $461 
million. This product has proven to be a good tool to further expand the Bank’s customer base and increase brand awareness. CWB introduced 
an Internet-based division of the Bank named Canadian Direct Financial TM (www.canadiandirectfinancial.com) late in 2008 that offers a 
high-interest savings account and term deposits directly to customers who are not served by the branch network. Canadian Direct Financial TM 
was launched as a pilot initiative and is thought to have potential to provide a valued and diversified source of funding in the future. Insured 

38      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
	 	
	 	
	 		 	
      
	 		 	
	
	
	
	
	
	
		
	
		 		 	
	
	
	
	
	
	
		
	
		 		 	
	
	
	
	
	
	
		 		 	
		 		 	
	 		 	
	 	 	
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
      
      
      
 
 
 
      
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
       
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
	 	
	 	
		 	
    
    
    
		 	
    
    
    
		 	
    
    
   
	 	
deposits raised through deposit brokers also remain a valuable funding source. Although these funds are subject to commissions, this cost is 
countered by a reduced dependence on a more extensive branch network and the benefit of generating insured fixed term retail deposits over 
a wide geographic base. Corporate wholesale deposits represent larger deposits raised through CWB’s corporate office rather than the branch 
network. Growth in total branch and trust generated deposits was 10%. The demand and notice component within branch-raised deposits 
increased 8% to comprise 26% of total deposits, down from 27% in the previous year. At October 31, 2008, branch and trust generated 
deposits comprised 63% of total deposits, compared to 64% in the previous year. This decrease mainly reflects additional insured deposits 
raised through the deposit broker network to fund strong loan demand while maintaining higher than normal liquidity levels in response to 
financial market uncertainties, as explained in the Liquidity Management section on page 39 of this MD&A. 

Outlook for Deposits

A strategic focus on increasing branch-raised deposits (including CWT) will continue in 2009, with particular emphasis on the demand 
and notice component, which is often lower cost and provides associated transactional fee income. CWB’s improved market presence 
and planned additions to the existing branch network also support objectives to generate branch-raised deposits. Further diversifying 
the deposit base via new product offerings and through Canadian Direct FinancialTM are ongoing initiatives. The Bank’s deposit broker 
network also remains a very valuable source for raising insured fixed-term retail deposits and has proven to be an extremely effective way 
to access liquidity over a wide geographic base.

 Other Assets and Other Liabilities

At October 31, 2008, other assets totaled $179 million (2007 – $158 million). Insurance related other assets were $53 million (2007 – $52 
million) and consisted primarily of instalment premiums receivable as well as the reinsurers’ share of unpaid claims. Other assets at October 31, 
2008 also include goodwill and intangible assets of $6.9 million and $2.2 million, respectively. 

Other liabilities totaled $301 million at October 31, 2008 (2007 – $283 million). Insurance related other liabilities were $135 million (2007 – 
$124 million) and consisted primarily of provisions for unpaid claims and adjustment expenses and unearned premiums. 

Liquidity Management  

Highlights of 2008

·  Strong liquidity position and conservative investment profile.

·  Enhanced liquidity management in response to disruptions in financial markets.

·  No direct exposure to troubled asset classes.

A schedule outlining the consolidated securities portfolio at October 31, 2008 is provided in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements.  
A conservative investment profile is maintained by ensuring:

·  all investments, other than preferred shares and those securities categorized as “other marketable securities”, are limited to high quality debt 

securities and short-term money market instruments;

·  specific investment criteria and procedures are in place to manage the securities portfolio;

·  regular review, monitoring and approval of investment policies by the Asset Liability Committee (ALCO); and

·  quarterly reporting to Board of Directors on the composition of the securities portfolio supported by an annual review and approval by the 

Board of Directors.

The Bank has no direct exposure to any troubled non-bank sponsored asset-backed commercial paper, collateralized debt obligations, credit 
default swaps, U.S. subprime mortgages or monoline insurers. The Bank’s liquidity management was enhanced in 2008 with the following 
initiatives:

·  increased monitoring of liquidity reserve levels;

·  operating micro- and macro-scenario stress testing;

·  maintenance of a shortened duration in the liquidity portfolio;

·  enhanced credit profile of the liquidity portfolio; and

·  strengthened deposit monitoring and market surveillance.

   WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      39

table 15 – liquid assets 
($ thousands)

Cash

Deposits with regulated financial institutions

Cheques and other items in transit

Total Cash Resources

Securities purchased under resale agreements

Government of Canada treasury bills

2008	

2007 

		 $	

8,988	

  $ 

6,446 

  $ 

    Change from 

	464,193	

	18,992	

	492,173	

	77,000	

	214,482	

	167,683	

	417,657	

	256,232	

405,122 

1,122 

412,690 

206,925 

332,358 

332,721 

216,735 

221,878 

236,256 

2007

2,542 

59,071 

17,870 

79,483 

(129,925) 

(117,876) 

(165,038) 

200,922 

34,354 

(64,585) 

Government of Canada, provincial and municipal bonds, term to maturity 1 year or less

Government of Canada, provincial and municipal bonds, term to maturity more than 1 year 	 	
Preferred shares

Other marketable securities

Total Securities Purchased Under Resale Agreements and Marketable Securities

Total Liquid Assets

Total Assets

Liquid Assets as a Percentage of Total Assets

Total Deposit Liabilities

Liquid Assets as a Percentage of Total Deposit Liabilities

	171,671	
1,304,725    
  $ 

1,796,898	

	  $	

1,546,873    

(242,148)

1,959,563 

  $ 

(162,665) 

	 $	 10,600,732	

  $ 

9,525,040 

  $ 

1,075,692 

17%    
  $ 

9,245,719	

	 $	

21%    

(4)%

8,256,918 

  $ 

988,801 

19%    

24%    

(5)%

As shown in Table 15, liquid assets comprised of cash, interbank deposits, securities purchased under resale agreements and marketable 
securities totaled $1,797 million at October 31, 2008, a decrease of $163 million compared to a year earlier. The decrease reflects strong loan 
demand, a revised methodology for measuring and monitoring liquidity and the decision to modestly reduce liquidity from the very high levels 
held at the end of last year. Enhanced liquidity and deposit monitoring has enabled the Bank to assess risks under various micro- and macro-
scenarios and to decrease the levels of liquid asset coverage on a general basis. Despite a reduction in liquidity compared to the end of last year, 
based on current models, the Bank continues to carry more liquidity than it would in more normal market conditions and a stable economic 
environment. Liquid assets represented 17% (2007 – 21%) of total assets and 19% (2007 – 24%) of total deposit liabilities at year end.

Highlights of the composition of liquid assets at October 31, 2008 are as follows:

·  maturities within one year decreased to 47% (2007 – 69%) of liquid assets, or $836 million (2007 – $1,354 million);

·  Government of Canada, provincial and municipal debt securities remained unchanged at 45% (2007 – 45%) of liquid assets; 

·  deposits with regulated financial institutions, including Bankers’ Acceptances, increased to 26% (2007 – 21%) of liquid assets; 

·  preferred shares increased to 14% (2007 – 11%) of liquid assets; and

·  other marketable securities decreased to 10% of liquid assets (2007 – 12%). 

Included in liquid assets are securities purchased under resale agreements. These are short-term advances, typically no more than a few days 
in duration, to securities dealers and require the dealer to repurchase the securities, which are comprised of treasury bills or other high quality 
liquid securities. 

Short-term uncommitted facilities have been arranged with a number of financial institutions. The government insured/guaranteed mortgage 
portfolios held by the Bank also represent a potential source of liquidity. CWB may enter into reverse repurchase agreements as a source of 
short-term liquidity, which are short-term borrowings from securities dealers that require subsequent repurchase of the securities given as 
collateral, typically within a few days. 

A significant portion of branch-generated deposits are generated from corporate clients, who tend to hold larger balances than personal retail 
clients. Although these deposits may be subject to more volatility, to date, this funding source has proven to be reliable and stable. 

The primary source of new funding is the issuance of deposit instruments. A summary of outstanding deposits by contractual maturity date is 
presented in Tables 16 and 17.

40      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

 
	
	 	
 
   
   
	 	
   
   
	 	
   
   
	 	
   
   
   
	 	
   
   
	 	
   
   
	 	
   
   
   
   
	 	
   
   
	 	
   
   
	 	
	 	
	 	
table 16 – deposit maturities within one year 
($ millions)

October 31,	2008
Demand deposits

Notice deposits

Deposits payable on a fixed date

Total

October 31, 2007 Total

table 17 – total deposit maturities 
($ millions)

October	31,	2008
Demand deposits

Notice deposits

Deposits payable on a fixed date

Note to CWB Capital Trust

Total

October 31, 2007 Total

	 $	

   $ 

Within     

1 to 3    

3 Months    

Cumulative 

1 Month     

Months    

to 1 Year     Within 1 Year 

		 $	

	 $	

	 $	

383 	 $	

	2,010 	 	

	1,302 	 	

3,695	 	 $	

– 	 $	

	– 	 	

	870 	 	

870 	 $	

– 	 $	

	– 	 	

	1,916 	 	

1,916 	 $	

3,660	 	 $	

687 	 $	

1,580 	 $	

Within 

1 Year 

1 to 2    

Years    

2 to 3 

Years 

3 to 4    

Years    

4 to 5 

    More than

Years    

5 Years    

	 $	

383	

	 $	

2,010	

4,088	

– 

– 	 $	

–    

	 $	

–	

– 

1,205 	 	

663 	 	

–     

– 

– 	 $	

–    

520 		 	

–    

– 	 $	

–    

272 	 	

– 		 	

–  	 $	

–  	 	

–  	 	

105	 	 	

6,481	

	 $	

1,205 	 $	

663	

	 $	

520 	 $	

272	

	 $	

105	 	 $	

9,246	

5,927 

  $ 

1,012   $ 

546 

  $ 

282   $ 

385 

  $ 

105    $ 

8,257 

383	

2,010	

4,088	

6,481	

5,927	

Total 

383	

2,010	

6,748	

105	

A breakdown of deposits by source is provided in Table 14 on page 38. Target limits by source have been established as part of the overall 
liquidity policy and are monitored to ensure an acceptable level of funding diversification is maintained. The Bank continues to aggressively 
pursue deposits through its branch network as the core funding source. At the same time, the total dollar value of deposit broker-generated 
deposits could increase, particularly in times of elevated market uncertainty when higher levels of liquidity are maintained. CWT raises deposits 
through notice accounts (comprised primarily of cash balances held in self-directed accounts), corporate trust deposits and the Bank’s branch 
network, in addition to deposits generated through the deposit broker network. At October 31, 2008, CWT’s notice account balances totaled 
$429 million (2007 – $368 million).

In addition to deposit liabilities, CWB has subordinated debentures outstanding that are presented in the table below.

table 18 – subordinated debentures outstanding 
($ thousands)

 Interest  

Rate
5.550%(1)

5.426%(2)

5.070%(3)

5.571%(4)

5.950%(5)

5.660%(6)

5.960%(6)

Total

Earliest Date  

Maturity  

Redeemable by  

Date

CWB at Par

November 19, 2014    

November 21, 2015    

March 21, 2017    

March 21, 2022    

June 27, 2018    

July 7, 2013    

October 24, 2013    

November 20, 2009 	 $	
November 22, 2010 	 		
March 22, 2012 	 	
March 22, 2017 	 	
June 27, 2013 	 	
July 8, 2008 	 	
October 25, 2008 	 	

2008

60,000   $ 

70,000	

	120,000	

	75,000	

	50,000	

–	

	–	

2007

60,000 

70,000 

120,000 

75,000 

 – 

30,000 

35,000 

	 $	

375,000	

  $ 

390,000 

(1)  These conventional debentures have a 10-year term with a fixed interest rate for the first five years. Thereafter, the interest rate will be reset quarterly at the Canadian dollar CDOR 90-day  

  Bankers’ Acceptance rate plus 160 basis points.

(2)  These conventional debentures have a 10-year term with a fixed interest rate for the first five years. Thereafter, the interest rate will be reset quarterly at the Canadian dollar CDOR 90-day  

  Bankers’ Acceptance rate plus 180 basis points.

(3)  These conventional debentures have a 10-year term with a fixed interest rate for the first five years. Thereafter, the interest rate will be reset quarterly at the Canadian dollar CDOR 90-day  
  Bankers’ Acceptance rate plus 155 basis points. Of the $125,000 debentures issued, $5,000 were acquired by Canadian Direct Insurance Incorporated, a wholly owned subsidiary, and have  
  been eliminated on consolidation.

(4)  These conventional debentures have a 15-year term with a fixed interest rate for the first ten years. Thereafter, the interest rate will be reset quarterly at the Canadian dollar CDOR 90-day  

  Bankers’ Acceptance rate plus 180 basis points.

(5)  These conventional debentures have a 10-year term with a fixed interest rate for the first five years. Thereafter, the interest rate will be reset quarterly at the Canadian dollar CDOR 90-day  

  Bankers’ Acceptance rate plus 302 basis points.

(6)  These conventional debentures had a 10-year term with a fixed interest rate for the first five years and were redeemed by the Bank at face value on July 8 and October 25, 2008, respectively.

   WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      41

   
   
	 	
	 	
   
   
   
   
   
   
	 	
	 	
    
	 	
	 	
   
   
    
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
	 	
	 	
	 	
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
Outlook for Liquidity Management

The Bank expects elevated uncertainties and resulting volatility in financial markets will continue into fiscal 2009. In response, a 
conservative risk profile will be maintained, supported by liquidity reserves above normal targeted levels.

Contractual Obligations

In addition to the obligations related to deposits and subordinated debentures discussed in the Deposits and Liquidity Management sections on 
pages 38 and 39 of this MD&A, as well as Notes 13, 17 and 28 of the consolidated financial statements, the following contractual obligations 
are outstanding at October 31, 2008:

table 19 – contractual obligations 
($ thousands)

Lease commitments

Purchase obligations for capital expenditures

October	31,	2008
October 31, 2007

Capital Management

Highlights of 2008

Within  

1	Year
8,036    $ 

280     

8,316    $ 

7,852    $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

1 to 3 Years

4 to 5 Years

15,609    $ 

14,689    $ 

–     

15,609    $ 

13,992    $ 

–     

14,689    $ 

13,045    $ 

More than 

5 Years
28,873    $ 

–     

28,873    $ 

32,723    $ 

Total
67,207 

280 

67,487 

67,612 

·  Maintained solid Total and Tier 1 capital adequacy ratios of 13.5% and 8.9%, respectively.

·  Increased the quarterly cash dividend 11% in December 2007 to $0.10 per common share and a further 10% in July 2008 to $0.11 per 

common share. 

·  Issued $50 million of conventional subordinated debentures in June 2008.

Subsequent Highlights

In December 2008, the Bank declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.11 per common share, unchanged from the previous quarterly cash 
dividend and a 10% increase over the quarterly cash dividend declared one year earlier.

OSFI requires banks to measure capital adequacy in accordance with instructions for determining risk-adjusted capital and risk-weighted assets, 
including off-balance sheet commitments. Based on the deemed credit risk of each type of asset, a weighting of 0% to 150% is assigned. As an 
example, a loan that is fully insured by the Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation (CMHC) is applied a risk weighting of 0% as the 
Bank’s risk of loss is nil, while typical uninsured commercial loans are assigned a risk weighting of 100% to reflect the higher level of risk 
associated with this type of asset. The ratio of regulatory capital to risk-weighted assets is calculated and compared to OSFI’s standards for 
Canadian financial institutions. Off-balance sheet assets, such as the notional amount of derivatives and some credit commitments, are included 
in the calculation of risk-weighted assets and both the credit risk equivalent and the risk-weighted calculations are prescribed by OSFI. As 
Canadian Direct is subject to separate OSFI capital requirements specific to insurance companies, the Bank’s investment in CDI is deducted 
from total capital and CDI’s assets are excluded from the calculation of risk-weighted assets.

Current regulatory guidelines require banks to maintain a minimum ratio of capital to risk-weighted assets and off-balance sheet items of 8%, 
of which 4% must be core capital (Tier 1) and the remainder supplementary capital (Tier 2). However, OSFI has established that Canadian 
banks need to maintain a minimum total capital adequacy ratio of 10% with a Tier 1 ratio of not less than 7%. CWB’s Tier 1 capital is 
comprised of common shareholders’ equity and innovative capital (to a regulatory maximum of 15% of net Tier 1 capital) while Tier 2 capital 
includes subordinated debentures (to the regulatory maximum amount of 50% of net Tier 1 capital), the inclusion of the general allowance for 
credit losses (to a prescribed regulatory maximum) and any innovative capital not included in Tier 1.

Capital funds are managed in accordance with policies and plans that are regularly reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors and take 
into account forecasted capital needs and markets. The goal is to maintain adequate regulatory capital to be considered well capitalized, protect 
customer deposits and provide capacity for internally generated growth and strategic opportunities that do not otherwise require accessing the 
public capital markets, all while providing a satisfactory return for shareholders. 

42      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

   
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
The Bank has a share incentive plan that is provided to officers and employees who are in a position to materially impact the longer term 
financial success of the Bank as measured by share price appreciation and dividends. Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements details 
the number of shares under options outstanding, the weighted average exercise price and the amounts exercisable at year-end.

Basel II Capital Adequacy Accord
Effective November 1, 2007, OSFI required Canadian financial institutions to manage and report regulatory capital in accordance with a new 
capital management framework, commonly called Basel II. Basel II introduced several significant changes to the risk-weighting of assets and the 
calculation of regulatory capital. The Bank has implemented the standardized approach to calculating risk-weighted assets for both credit and 
operational risk. Changes for CWB under Basel II include a reclassification into lower risk-weight categories for residential mortgages and loans 
to small-to-medium sized enterprises, as well as a new capital requirement related to operational risk. 

Basel II had a modest positive impact on the overall required level of regulatory capital for CWB. New procedures and system enhancements 
were developed to conform to the new framework including the formalization of internal capital adequacy assessment processes.

During the year the Bank complied with all internal and external capital requirements.

table 20 – capital structure and regulatory ratios at year end 
($ thousands)

Tier 1 Capital

Retained earnings

Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax(2)

Capital stock

Contributed surplus

Innovative capital instrument(3)

 Less goodwill of subsidiairies(4)

Total

Tier 2 Capital

General allowance for credit losses (Tier A)(5)

 Subordinated debentures (Tier B)(6)

Total

  Less investment in insurance subsidiary

Total Regulatory Capital

Regulatory Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

Tier 1 capital

Tier 2 capital

 Less investment in insurance subsidiary

Total Regulatory Capital Adequacy Ratio 
Assets to Regulatory Capital Multiple(7)

2008(1)

    Change from  
2007

2007 

	 $	

448,203	

  $ 

372,739 

  $ 

(6,973)

221,914	

14,234	

105,000	

(6,933)

775,445	

60,527	

380,000	

440,527	

(47,700)

(1,741) 

219,004 

9,681 

105,000 

(3,679) 

701,004 

55,627 

350,502 

406,129 

(47,864) 

75,464 

(5,232) 

2,910 

4,553 

– 

(3,254) 

74,441 

4,900 

29,498 

34,398 

164 

	 $	

1,168,272	

  $ 

1,059,269 

  $ 

109,003 

8.9%    
5.1%    
(0.5)%   
13.5%    

9.2	

9.1%    

5.3%    

(0.7)%   

13.7%    

9.1 

(0.2)%

(0.2)%

0.2%

(0.2)%

0.1 

(1)  Regulatory capital and capital ratios are calculated in accordance with the requirements of the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions. Beginning in 2008, capital is managed  

  and reported in accordance with the requirements of the Basel II Capital Adequacy Accord (Basel II). Prior year ratios have been calculated using the previous framework. 

(2)  Accumulated other comprehensive income related to unrealized losses on certain available-for-sale equity securities, net of tax, reduces Tier 1 capital.
(3)  Innovative capital may be included in Tier 1 capital to a maximum of 15% of net Tier 1 capital. Any excess innovative capital outstanding is included in Tier 2B capital.
(4)  Beginning in 2008 with Basel II, goodwill related to the Bank’s trust and insurance subsidiaries is deducted from Tier 1 capital. Prior to 2008, goodwill related to the insurance subsidiary  

  was deducted from total capital.

(5)  Banks are allowed to include their general allowance for credit losses up to a prescribed percentage of risk-weighted assets in Tier 2A capital. At October 31, 2008, the Bank’s general  

  allowance represented 0.70% (2007 – 0.72%) of risk-weighted assets.

(6)  Tier 2B capital may be included in Tier 2 capital to a maximum of 50% of net Tier 1 capital. Any excess Tier 2B capital is included in capital as net Tier 1 capital increases. At October 31, 2008,  

  $nil (2007 – $44,498) of subordinated debentures exceed the Tier 2B threshold.

(7)  Total assets plus off-balance sheet credit instruments, such as letters of credit and guarantees, less goodwill divided by regulatory capital.

   WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      43

   
	
	 	
 
   
   
		 	
   
   
		 	
   
   
		 	
   
   
		 	
   
   
 
		 	
   
   
	 		
   
   
   
		 	
   
   
 
		 	
   
   
		 	
   
   
		 	
   
   
	 	
	 	
 
	 	
	 	
	 	
   
   
table 21 – risk-weighted assets 
($ thousands)

Corporate

Sovereign

Bank

Retail residential mortgages

Other retail

Excluding small business entities

Small business entities

Equity

Undrawn commitments

Operational risk

Other
As at October	31,	2008(1)

Cash,

Securities

and Reverse

Repurchase

Agreements    

Loans    

2008

Risk

Weighted

Total    

Assets

Other

Items    

		 $	

130,681	 		 $	

6,649,466	 	 $ 

–	 	 $	

6,780,147	 	 $	

6,703,219	

	783,281	 	 	

	774,297	 	 	

	3,626	    

	44,800	    

 –  	 	

	1,122,530	    

	174,618	    

	714,705	    

 –     

	81,970	    

 –  	 	

 –  	 	

	1,238	 	 	

 –  	 	

 –     

–      

 –  	 	

 –  	 	

 –  	 	

 –  	 	

 –  	 	

 –  	 	

 –  	 	

	786,907	 	 	

	819,097	 	 	

	1,122,530	 	 	

	174,618	 		 	

	714,705	 	 	

	1,238	 	 	

	81,970	 	 	

	35,634	 	 	

	12,904	

	228,056	

	420,262	

128,054	

	546,984	

	1,238	

	78,282	

	445,423	

114,754	

 –  	 	

	35,634	 	 	

50,069  		 	

159,060	 		 	

209,129	 		 	

	 $	

1,689,497	 		 $	

8,841,784	 		 $	

194,694	 		 $	

10,725,975	 		 $	

8,679,176	

Cash, 

Securities

and Reverse

Repurchase 

Agreements    

Loans    

2007

Risk

Weighted

Total     

Assets

Other 

 Items      

As at October 31, 2007(1)

   $ 

1,864,232     $ 

7,665,620     $ 

99,186    $ 

9,629,038    $ 

7,724,030

(1)  Risk-weighted assets ratios are calculated in accordance with the requirements of the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions. As of November 1, 2007, capital  

is managed and reported in accordance with the requirements of the Basel II Capital Adequacy Accord (Basel II). The Bank has adopted the standardized approach for both credit  

  and operational risk under Basel II and does not make use of balance sheet netting. Prior year figures have been calculated using the previous framework.

44      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
	 	
	 	
   
 
	
   
   
	 	
   
   
    
   
   
   
   
   
    
   
 
   
 
table 22 – risk-weight category 
($ thousands)

2008

Risk-

Corporate

Sovereign

Bank

Retail residential

mortgages

Other retail

0%	

20%	

35%	

50%	

75%	

100%	

150% 

Balance   Weighted

	$	

29,167	

	$	 35,890	

 $ 

		 	 722,387	

		 		 64,520	

2,036	

		 	 	685,567	

– 

– 

 – 

	$	 67,210	

 $ 

– 

	$	6,618,764	

		$	 29,116	

	$	6,780,147	

	$	6,703,219	

– 

81,102	

–     

– 

 – 

	50,392	

– 

		 	 786,907	

		 		 12,904	

 – 

		 	 	819,097	

		 	 	228,056	

		 	 	122,958	

 – 

		 	 	830,118	

 – 

		 	 	158,933	

	10,521	

 – 

		 		1,122,530	 		 	 420,262	

Excluding small

  business entities

Small business entities 		 	

Equity

Undrawn commitments     
Operational risk

1,155	

2,678	

	3,765	

	3,307	

–     

– 

– 

 – 

 – 

 – 

Other

67,953	

31,113	

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

– 

 – 

		 	 	169,662	

	–	

	36	

		 	 	174,618	

		 	 	128,054	

 – 

		 	 	659,948	

	43,593	

	5,179	

		 	 	714,705	

		 	 	546,984	

 – 

 – 

 – 

–	

 – 

	1,238	

 – 		 	

	1,238	

	1,238	

	14,753	

	67,217	

– 

	81,970	

	78,282	

 – 

– 

	35,634	

	35,634	

		 	 	445,423	

6,126	

		 	 103,937	

–	

		 	 209,129	

				 114,754	

As at October 31, 2008(1)

	$  948,334	

	$	 824,162	

	$  830,118	

	$  148,312	

	$ 1,009,422	

	$ 6,895,662	

		$  69,965	

	$ 10,725,975	

		$8,679,176	

0% 

20% 

50% 

100% 

Balance   Weighted  

2007

Risk-

Cash, securities and 

  reverse repurchase

  agreements

 $ 1,059,903  $  400,675  $ 

 – 

 $   403,654 

 $ 1,864,232    $ 483,789 

Loans

Other

      129,895     

 83 

     765,860      6,769,782      7,665,620      7,152,729  

8,872     

1,601     

3,041     

85,672     

99,186     

87,512

As at October 31, 2007(1)

 $ 1,198,670   $  402,359 

  $  768,901 

  $ 7,259,108 

  $9,629,038 

  $7,724,030 

(1)  Risk-weighted assets ratios are calculated in accordance with the requirements of the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions. As of November 1, 2007, capital  

is managed and reported in accordance with the requirements of the Basel II Capital Adequacy Accord (Basel II). The Bank has adopted the standardized approach for both credit and  

  operational risk and does not make use of balance sheet netting. Prior year figures have been calculated using the previous framework.

At October 31, 2008, the total capital adequacy ratio was 13.5% (2007 – 13.7%), of which 8.9% (2007 – 9.1%) was Tier 1 capital. Total 
regulatory capital increased $109 million over 2007, primarily from the combination of:

·  earnings, net of dividends, of $75 million;

·  the issue of $50 million of subordinated debentures; 

·  the inclusion of $45 million of existing subordinated debentures that were in excess of the Tier 2B capital threshold in the prior year;

·  an increase in the general allowance for credit losses of $5 million;

·  an increase of $6 million related to the expensing of stock-based compensation; 

·  a $5 million dividend declared and paid by CDI to the Bank; partially offset by

·  the redemption of $30 million and $35 million of subordinated debentures in July and October 2008, respectively; 

·  a $5 million increase in the capital deduction attributed to unrealized after-tax losses in the Bank’s preferred share securities portfolio; and 

·  a $3 million increase in the deduction for goodwill of subsidiaries.

In December 2007, the quarterly dividend was increased to $0.10 per common share, reflecting an increase of 11%. The quarterly dividend 
was increased a further 10% to $0.11 per share in July 2008. 

   WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      45

     
 
	
     
     
     
    
		 		
    
		 	
    
		 	
    
	
    
    
		 	
    
		 	
		 	
    
    
		 	
		 	
		 	
    
    
		 	
		 	
     
    
    
		 	
		 	
    
		 	
    
    
    
		 	
		 	
     
		 	
		 	
     
    
    
    
    
     
		 	
		 	
		 	
		 	
    
		 	
		 	
				
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
Outlook for Capital Management

CWB expects to remain well capitalized in 2009, with organic earnings growth supporting the anticipated achievement of all 2009 
performance targets. Maintaining a solid return on equity in the presence of continued pressures on the Bank’s net interest margin (teb) 
and a very uncertain global economic outlook will be achieved through execution of CWB’s key business strategies while maintaining an 
efficient capital structure.

Financial Instruments and Other Instruments

As a financial institution, most of CWB’s balance sheet is comprised of financial instruments and the majority of net income results from gains, 
losses, income and expenses related to the same.

Financial instrument assets include cash resources, securities, securities purchased under resale agreements, loans and derivative financial 
instruments. Financial instrument liabilities include deposits, securities purchased under reverse resale agreements, derivative financial 
instruments and subordinated debentures.

The use of financial instruments exposes the Bank to credit, liquidity and market risk. A discussion of how these and other risks are managed 
can be found in the Risk Management section on pages 54 to 60 of this MD&A.

Further information on how the fair value of financial instruments is determined is included in the Financial Instruments Measured at Fair 
Value discussion in the Critical Accounting Estimates section of this MD&A on page 53. 

Income and expenses are classified as to source, either securities or loans for income, and deposits or borrower funds for expense. Gains on the 
sale of securities, net, are shown separately in other income. 

Derivative Financial Instruments
More detailed information on the nature of derivative financial instruments is shown in Note 11 to CWB’s consolidated financial statements. 
The notional amounts of derivative financial instruments are not reflected on the consolidated balance sheets.

table 23 – derivative financial instruments 
($ thousands)

Notional Amounts

Interest rate contracts(1)

Equity contracts(2)

 Foreign exchange contracts(3)

Total

2008	    

2007 

	 $	

	 $	

593,000	   $ 
4,400	    
2,600	     
600,000	   $ 

482,000 

 6,000 

3,405 

491,405 

(1)  Interest rate contracts are used as hedging devices to manage interest rate risk. The outstanding contracts mature between December 2008 and January 2013. The total gross positive   

replacement cost of interest rate contracts was $9,978 (2007 – $946). This market value represents an unrealized gain, or the approximate payment the Bank would receive if these contracts  

  were unwound and settled at that date.

(2)  Equity contracts are used to offset the return paid to depositors on certain deposit products where the return is linked to a stock index. The outstanding contracts mature between February  

  2009 and March 2011. The total gross positive replacement cost was $nil (2007 – $515).

(3)  U.S. dollar foreign exchange contracts are used from time to time to manage the difference between U.S. dollar assets and liabilities. At October 31, 2008, there were $2,424 U.S. (2007 –  

  $3,408 U.S.) of forward foreign exchange contracts outstanding that mature between January 2009 and May 2009.

The active use of interest rate contracts continues to be an integral component in managing the Bank’s short-term gap position. Derivative 
financial instruments are entered into only for the Bank’s own account and CWB does not act as an intermediary in this market. Transactions 
are entered into on the basis of industry standard contracts with approved counterparties subject to periodic and at least annual review, 
including an assessment of the credit worthiness of the counterparty. Policies regarding the use of derivative financial instruments are approved, 
reviewed and monitored on a regular basis by ALCO and reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors at least annually.

Acquisitions

On October 20, 2008 CWB announced a definitive agreement to acquire for cash, 72.5% ownership of Adroit Investment Management 
Ltd. (Adroit), an Edmonton-based firm specializing in wealth management for individuals, corporations and institutional clients. Adroit’s 
financial products and services are an excellent strategic fit with CWB’s existing banking and trust operations. This transaction was finalized 
on December 1, 2008 and is expected to provide a modest positive earnings impact at the onset. It also supports a key strategic objective to 
enhance the Bank’s revenue diversification and earnings growth. Management expects the ownership transition will be essentially seamless with 
no disruption to customers or employees. Adroit’s executive management remains committed to continue building this business and will retain 
a minority ownership in the company. Specific financial details were not released. Estimated goodwill from the transaction has a minor impact 
on the Bank’s overall regulatory capital position.

46      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

 
	 	
	 	
 
	 	
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In the normal course of business, CWB is involved in off-balance sheet arrangements, which are primarily guarantees.

Guarantees
Significant guarantees provided by CWB in the ordinary course of business include guarantees and standby letters of credit provided to third 
parties and commitments to extend credit to customers. CWB also issues business credit cards through an agreement with a third party card 
issuer and indemnifies the card issuer from loss if there is a default on the issuer’s collection of the business credit card balances. More detailed 
information on guarantees is available in Note 20 to CWB’s consolidated financial statements for 2008.

operating segment review
CWB operates in two business segments: 1) banking and trust, and 2) insurance. Segmented information is also provided in Note 32 of the 
audited consolidated financial statements.

Banking and Trust

Highlights of 2008

·  Realized record net income of $93.6 million, an increase of 6% ($5.1 million). 

·  Constrained revenue and earnings growth due to significant and ongoing compression of net interest margin.

·  Achieved organic loan growth of 16%, marking nineteen consecutive years of double-digit growth.

·  Maintained sound and consistent credit quality.

·  Grew branch and trust generated deposits 10%, with the demand and notice component up 8%.

·  Achieved an efficiency ratio (teb) of 45.4%, a deterioration of 60 basis points.

·  Opened a new branch in Leduc, AB and continued with further upgrades to existing premises.

·  Valiant Trust was continued as a federal trust company and opened an office in Toronto.

·  Agreed to acquire a 72.5% ownership of Adroit Investment Management Ltd.

The operations of the banking and trust segment include commercial and retail banking services, personal and corporate trust services provided 
through the Bank’s subsidiaries, CWT and Valiant, and the offering of third party mutual funds through CWF. Reflecting CWB’s acquisition 
of Adroit, which was finalized December 1, 2008, the banking and trust segment in fiscal 2009 will also include investment management 
services. With a focus on mid-market commercial banking, real estate financing, equipment financing and energy lending, CWB’s proven 
strategy is based on building strong customer relationships and providing value-added services to businesses and individuals across Western 
Canada. The Bank delivers a wide variety of retail financial products and services, including personal loans and mortgages, deposit accounts, 
investment products and other banking services. Customer accessibility is provided through a network of 36 client-focused branches in select 
locations across the four western provinces. Internet and telephone banking services are also offered. Canadian Direct Financial TM (www.
canadiandirectfinancial.com) is an Internet-based division of the Bank that offers a high-interest savings account and term deposits directly to 
customers who are not served by the branch network. CWT provides a varied range of products and services, including self-directed RRSPs and 
RRIFs, and corporate and group trust services to independent financial advisors, corporations and individuals. Valiant is a non-deposit taking 
specialty trust company that offers stock transfer and corporate trustee services to public companies and income trusts. Adroit is an Edmonton-
based firm specializing in wealth management for individuals, corporations and institutional clients.

   WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      47

table 24 – banking and trust highlights(1) 
($ thousands)

Net interest income (teb) 

Other income

Total revenues (teb)

Provision for credit losses

Non-interest expenses

Provision for income taxes (teb)

Net Income

Efficiency ratio (teb)

Efficiency ratio 

Net interest margin (teb)

Net interest margin 

Average loans ($ millions)(3)

Average assets ($ millions)(3)

2008

2007

	 $	

222,837	

  $ 

205,867 

	54,338	

	277,175	

	12,000	

	125,748	

	45,780	

	 $	

93,647	

  $ 

 47,506 

 253,373 

 10,200 

 113,456 

 41,208 

88,509 

   Change from

2007 

8%

14 

9 

18 

11 

11 

6%

45.4%     

44.8%     

60bp(2) 

	46.2	

	2.29	

	2.23	

7,910	

9,747	

  $ 

 45.7 

 2.57 

 2.51 

6,570 

 8,014 

	 $	

50 

(28)

(28)

20% 

22 

(1)  See page 23 and 24 for a discussion of teb and non-GAAP measures.
(2)  bp – basis points.
(3)  Loans and assets are disclosed on an average daily balance basis as this measure is most relevant to a financial institution and is the measure reviewed by management. 

Banking and trust net income was a record $93.6 million, up 6% ($5.1 million) on 9% ($23.8 million) growth in total revenues (teb), partially 
offset by an 11% ($12.3 million) increase in non-interest expenses. Growth in total revenues (teb) reflected very strong 16% loan growth and 
a 14% ($6.8 million) increase in other income, largely offset by a significant 28 basis point decline in net interest margin (teb). Other income 
benefited from a 20% ($4.6 million) increase in credit related fee income and gains on securities sales, foreign exchange and other, which were 
up $3.5 million in the aggregate. The increase in gains on the sale of securities mainly resulted from transactions related to favourable pricing 
observed on certain high quality, short-term debt investments. Trust services fee income declined 11% ($1.6 million) reflecting income from 
unusually large trust transactions in the fourth quarter of 2007. Retail services fee income increased 5% ($0.4 million). Higher non-interest 
expenses compared to last year mainly reflect salary and benefit costs related to increased staff complement and annual salary increments, as  
well as premises and equipment expenses to facilitate business growth. Growth in non-interest expenses exceeded total revenue growth as 
evidenced by a 60 basis point deterioration in this segment’s efficiency ratio (teb), to 45.4%. 

Net interest margin (teb) in the year was 2.29%, down 28 basis points as a result of increased deposit costs related to ongoing market disruptions, 
consecutive reductions in the prime lending rate and high liquidity levels maintained in response to market uncertainties. Growth in total 
branch and trust deposits increased 10%, while the demand and notice component of branch and trust deposits was up 8%. Growth in branch 
generated deposits reflects CWB’s ongoing retail strategy, including the success of its high interest Summit Savings Account ®.

Fiscal 2008 banking and trust earnings include $0.9 million of additional tax expense due to the write-down of future tax assets to reflect 
lower future federal corporate income tax rates. For comparison purposes, fiscal 2007 earnings included a $3.5 million reduction in income tax 
expense and associated before tax non-interest expense of $0.9 million, which together increased net income by approximately $2.9 million. 

Significant infrastructure initiatives completed in 2008 included a new full-service branch in Leduc, AB, the opening of a Valiant Trust office 
in Toronto and further upgrades and expansions to existing premises.

Combined assets under administration in CWT and Valiant grew 1% ($64 million) in the year to total $4,348 million at October 31, 2008. 
Assets under administration are not reflected in the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements).  
A portion of assets under administration are held in investment accounts, including self-directed RRSP and RRIF accounts, which  
numbered 42,402 (2007 – 37,473), an increase of 13% from one year ago. 

Figure 4 – Number of CWT Investment Accounts

2008

2007

2006

2005

2004

42,402

37,473

31,716

24,943

18,803

48      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

 
	 	
   
   
   
	 	
   
   
	 	
   
   
	 	
   
   
	 	
   
   
	 	
   
   
   
	 	
	 	
   
    
	 	
   
   
	 	
   
   
   
	 	
   
   
Outlook for Banking and Trust

This segment will continue to be the primary driver of the Bank’s earnings and the outlook is for continued solid performance relative 
to ongoing margin compression associated with turmoil in financial and credit markets and a very uncertain global economic outlook. 
Management has implemented enhanced pricing methodologies for all new loans and renewal facilities that will help ensure the Bank earns 
a fair and profitable return on its loan portfolio, particularly in the presence of increased funding costs. Net interest margin is expected 
to return to more normal historic levels over time as disruptions in financial markets subside, but a specific recovery time frame cannot 
yet be reasonably estimated. Economic fundamentals in Western Canada are expected to remain sound relative to the rest of Canada, 
notwithstanding increased challenges in some sectors. CWB’s expanding market presence and commitment to relationship-based banking 
should also support a continued flow of quality lending opportunities. The Bank will maintain its focus on disciplined credit underwriting 
and loan growth for fiscal 2009 is targeted at 10%. Gross impaired loans increased in 2008, but the Bank’s portfolio is very well structured 
and actual losses are expected to remain within CWB’s historic range of acceptable levels. Continued strong growth in credit and retail 
services fee income is also expected. CWT has established aggressive performance targets for 2009 and should make solid contributions 
toward this segment’s success. Valiant’s business will continue to develop, but its operations are impacted by the marked reduction in  
capital markets activity. Newly acquired Adroit is expected to make a modest positive earnings contribution in fiscal 2009 and provides  
a solid platform for future growth in investment management services. While strong fiscal responsibility will be maintained, effective 
execution of CWB’s strategic focus on people, process, infrastructure and business enhancement will require increased spending in areas 
mainly correlated with enhancements to the Bank’s growth platform, including plans in 2009 for ongoing expansion of the branch network. 
While these initiatives will have short-term consequence as it relates to the efficiency ratio (teb), they are an integral part of management’s 
commitment to maximize shareholder value over the long-term and are expected to provide significant benefits in future periods.

Insurance

Highlights of 2008

·  Record net income of $8.4 million, representing an 8% increase.

·  Claims loss ratio of 66% and a combined ratio of 93%.

·  More than 40% of all new auto policies sold in 2008 purchased over the Internet.

·  Before tax loss of $1.0 million from Canadian Direct’s share of the Alberta auto risk sharing pools.

Canadian Direct provides auto and home insurance products in BC and AB and has more than 168,000 policies outstanding. Policy 
distribution channels include two dedicated call centres, the Internet and, for customers in BC, the option to purchase auto insurance through 
select broker networks. Offering enhanced electronic fulfilment of CDI’s products and services is an important part of the overall business 
strategy, and continued development of this technology will remain a key priority.

Canadian Direct’s mission is to provide customers with attractively priced products and a high level of customer service – “better insurance 
for less money.” The core strategy uses sophisticated underwriting selection criteria to offer more competitively priced insurance to better risk 
customers. The “Canadian Direct Insurance” brand is marketed through several media channels, including television, radio, newspapers and 
over the Internet. It has established a very high level of awareness in the BC market and the level of awareness in AB continues to grow. All 
claims are administered by Canadian Direct’s head office in BC using imaging technology and effective workflow management to maintain 
a “paperless office” environment. This has enabled CDI to maintain a low claims expense ratio without compromising customer satisfaction. 
CDI currently retains a high percentage of its business on renewal, a measure that helps confirm its success in providing customers with quality 
service at competitive prices. 

   WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      49

table 25 – insurance highlights(1) 
($ thousands)

Net interest income (teb) 

Other income 

Net earned premiums

Commissions and processing fees

Net claims and adjustment expenses

  Policy acquisition costs

Gains on sale of securities

Total revenues (teb)

Non-interest expenses

Provision for income taxes (teb)

Net income

Policies outstanding at October 31

Gross written premiums

Claims loss ratio(2)

Expense ratio(4)

Combined ratio(5)

2008    
   $ 

5,780	

	 $	

   Change from

2007    

2007

4,792 

21%

97,943	

	2,876	

	(64,380)

	(20,573)

15,866	

36	

21,682	

	9,418	

3,892	

8,372	

168,071	

  $ 

	 $	

	 $	

107,054	

  $ 

66%    

	27	

	93	

 94,914 

 2,751 

 (62,391)

 (20,011)

15,263 

52 

20,107 

 8,478 

 3,856 

7,773 

 164,263 

104,829 

3 

5 

3 

3 

4 

(31)

8 

11 

1 

8%

2% 

2 

66%    

–bp(3)

27 

93 

1,876 

163,858 

– 

– 

(152)%

12 

Alberta automobile insurance Risk Sharing Pools impact on net income before tax

	 $	

(973)

  $ 

Average total assets(6)

183,892	

(1)  See page 23 and page 24 for a discussion of teb and non-GAAP measures.
(2)  Net claims and adjustment expenses as a percentage of net earned premiums.
(3)  bp – basis points.
(4)  Policy acquisition costs and non-interest expenses net of commissions and processing fees as a percentage of net earned premiums. 
(5)  Sum of the claims loss and expense ratios.
(6)  Average total assets are disclosed on an average daily balance basis as this measure is most relevant to a financial institution and is the measure reviewed by management.

Canadian Direct generated record net income of $8.4 million, an increase of 8% over 2007. Results mainly reflect continued business growth 
and a $1.0 million increase in net interest income (teb), partially offset by a $1.0 million before tax loss on Canadian Direct’s share of the 
Alberta auto risk sharing pools (the Pools). The Pools’ results for 2008 include an unfavourable adjustment to unpaid claims reserves based 
on revised loss assumptions derived by the Pools’ consulting actuary. This adjustment was specifically attributed to the impact of a decision 
rendered on February 8, 2008 by the Court of Queen’s Bench of Alberta that resulted in the lifting of the cap on the amount a claimant may 
receive in respect of minor injuries suffered in an automobile accident. In 2007, Canadian Direct benefited from a favourable adjustment in 
unpaid claims reserves from the Pools that increased before tax earnings by $1.9 million. Absent the Pools’ impact on results for both years, net 
income was up 39% ($2.5 million). Improved profitability in the auto lines of business due to strong underwriting results contributed to this 
increase. The claims ratio and combined ratio remained consistent with last year at 66% and 93%, respectively. Policies outstanding grew by 
2%, while the overall policy retention rate declined 1% to 86%. 

Outlook for Insurance Operations

The outlook for 2009 reflects expectations for modest growth in both policies outstanding and premiums written, while costs are 
controlled and kept in line with revenue growth. Canadian Direct continues to manage ongoing challenges brought about by the pricing 
strategies of the Insurance Corporation of British Columbia. In Alberta, ongoing challenges include the regulatory environment and 
income volatility added by the Pools’ unpredictable results. 

The 2009 claims loss ratio is expected to be within a range of 65% – 67%, which is consistent with 2008 claims experience. However, 
the loss ratio can be negatively impacted by seasonal storm activity, particularly in the winter months. The target for the combined ratio 
is 93%. Canadian Direct will continue to enhance its Internet-based technology platform, which will facilitate new growth opportunities, 
including the ability to sell its home product online. CDI’s expanded broker distribution network in BC should also provide 
opportunities for future growth.

50      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

 
	 	
   
		 	
   
   
	 	
   
   
	 	
   
   
	 	
   
   
		 	
    
   
		 	
    
   
		 	
    
   
	 	
   
   
		 	
   
   
   
	 	
   
   
   
	 	
	 	
   
    
	 	
   
    
   
	 	
    
   
summary of quarterly results and fourth quarter

Quarterly Results

The financial results for each of the last eight quarters are summarized in the following table. In general, CWB’s performance reflects a 
consistent growth trend, although the second quarter contains three fewer revenue-earning days, or two fewer days in a leap year such as 2008. 

The Bank’s quarterly financial results are subject to some fluctuation due to its exposure to property and casualty insurance. Insurance 
operations, which are primarily reflected in other income (refer to Operating Segment Review – Insurance on page 49), are subject to seasonal 
weather conditions, including higher claims experience during winter driving months, cyclical patterns of the industry and natural catastrophes. 
Mandatory participation in the Alberta auto risk sharing pools can also result in unpredictable quarterly fluctuations. 

Quarterly results can also fluctuate due to the recognition of periodic income tax items. Net income in the first quarter of 2008 included $1.0 
million ($0.01 per diluted share) of tax expense resulting from the write-down of future tax assets to reflect lower future federal corporate 
income tax rates. The fourth quarter of 2007 included the recognition of previously unrecorded tax benefits related to certain prior period 
transactions that increased net income in that period by $2.9 million ($0.04 per diluted share).

table 26 – quarterly financial highlights(1) 
($ thousands, except per share amounts)

Net interest income (teb) 

Less teb adjustment

Net interest income  
  per financial statements

Other income

Total revenues (teb)

Total revenues

Net income

Earnings per common share 

Basic

Diluted

Return on common  
   shareholders’ equity (ROE)

Return on  
   average total assets (ROA)

Efficiency ratio (teb)

Efficiency ratio

Net interest margin (teb)

Net interest margin

Provision for credit losses as  
   a percentage of average loans

2008

2007

Q4

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q4

Q3

Q2    

Q1

	 $	 58,622	

	 $	 57,290	

	 $	 55,659	

	 $	 57,046	

  $  55,995 

  $  54,888 

  $  50,567 

  $  49,209 

	1,540	

	1,442	

	1,352	

	1,337	

 1,496 

 1,423 

 1,327 

 1,164 

57,082	

	15,437	

74,059	

	72,519	

	24,485	

55,848	

	 		 54,307	

	19,085	

	76,375	

	74,933	

	26,327	

	18,095	

	73,754	

	72,402	

25,302	

		$	

0.39	

	 $	

0.42	

	 $	

0.40	

	 $	

	0.38	

	0.41	

	0.39	

55,709	

	17,623	

	74,669	

	73,332	

	25,905	

0.41	

	0.40	

54,499 

 18,364 

 74,359 

 72,863 

 29,572 

53,465 

 15,777 

 70,665 

 69,242 

 24,033 

49,240 

 16,237 

 66,804 

 65,477 

 22,219 

  $ 

0.47 

  $ 

0.39 

  $ 

0.36 

  $ 

 0.46 

 0.37 

 0.35 

48,045 

 12,443 

 61,652 

60,488 

 20,458 

0.33 

 0.32 

14.4% 	 	

16.0% 	 	

16.1% 	 	

16.9%    

20.1%    

17.1%    

16.8%    

15.4%

	0.96	

	47.7	

	48.8	

	2.30	

	2.24	

	1.03	

	45.2	

	46.1	

	2.25	

	2.19	

	1.04	

	45.4	

	46.2	

	2.28	

	2.22	

	1.07	

	42.6	

	43.4	

	2.36	

	2.30	

 1.29 

 44.1 

 45.0 

 2.43 

 2.37 

 1.14 

 43.6 

 44.5 

 2.59 

 2.53 

 1.17 

45.1 

 46.1 

 2.65 

 2.58 

 1.10 

 45.7 

 46.6 

 2.65 

 2.58 

0.15%

0.15%

0.15%

0.15%

0.14%

0.15%

0.16%

0.17%

(1)  See page 23 and page  24 for a discussion of teb and non-GAAP measures.

Fourth Quarter of 2008

CWB reported good fourth quarter performance in volatile markets marking its 82nd consecutive profitable quarter. Net income of $24.5 
million was down 17% compared to last year, which included an income tax benefit that increased net earnings in that period by $2.9 million 
($0.04 per diluted share). Net income before taxes was 10% lower than a year earlier as the positive impact from very strong loan growth of 
6% in the quarter and 16% for the year was more than offset by constrained revenues and profitability due to a significantly lower net interest 
margin. Pressures on net interest margin resulted from increased deposit costs related to ongoing market disruptions, consecutive reductions 
in the prime lending rate and high liquidity levels maintained in response to market uncertainties. Diluted earnings per share of $0.38 ($0.39 
basic) declined from $0.46 ($0.47 basic) in the same quarter last year. Results reflect a 17% decrease (8% decrease before tax) in quarterly 
earnings from core banking and trust operations as the positive earnings impact from very strong loan growth was more than offset by the 
compressed net interest margin. Fourth quarter net income from insurance operations of $2.2 million represented a 17% decline compared to 
a year earlier reflecting a $1.0 million before tax loss attributed to Canadian Direct’s share of the Alberta auto risk sharing pools. Absent the 
Pools’ impact on fourth quarter results for both 2008 and 2007, net income from insurance operations was up 58% ($1.1 million).

   WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      51

 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
   
   
   
   
	
	 	
		 	
	 	
	
	
		 	
 
    
  
   
 
    
 
   
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
   
   
   
   
	 		
	 	
	 	
	 	
   
   
   
   
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
   
   
   
   
	 	
	 	
			
	 	
   
   
   
   
 
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
   
   
   
   
	 	
 
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
   
   
   
   
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
   
   
   
   
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
   
   
   
   
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
   
   
   
   
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
   
   
   
   
	
	 	
	
	 	
	
	 	
	
	 	
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
Quarterly return on equity was 14.4%, down 570 basis points from 20.1% a year earlier. Return on assets was 0.96%, compared to 1.29%  
in the same period last year. Compared to one year ago, lower profitability ratios were primarily due to margin compression combined with  
the above-mentioned 2007 income tax benefit and unusually high trust services fee income realized in the fourth quarter last year. CWB has no 
direct exposure to any troubled asset-backed commercial paper, collateralized debt obligations, credit default swaps, U.S. subprime mortgages  
or monoline insurers.

Quarterly net interest income (teb) of $58.6 million increased 5% ($2.6 million) over the same period in 2007 driven by strong loan growth, 
partially offset by a 13 basis point decline in net interest margin (teb) to 2.30%. Net interest margin was mainly affected by increased deposit 
costs related to ongoing disruptions in financial markets and consecutive reductions in the prime lending rate, partially offset by lower average 
liquidity balances compared to the fourth quarter last year. Reductions in the prime interest rate negatively impact net interest margin because 
deposits do not reprice as quickly as prime-based loans. 

Other income of $15.4 million was down 16% ($2.9 million) from a year earlier mainly due to a 41% ($2.3 million) decrease in trust services 
fee income. Net insurance revenues in the quarter decreased 22% ($1.1 million) from last year due to the Pools’ impact. Credit related fee 
income increased 6% ($0.3 million) while retail services fee income was up 7% ($0.1 million). Gains on securities sales were $0.9 million, 
compared to nil last year, resulting from transactions mainly related to favourable pricing observed on certain high quality, short-term debt 
investments. 

Overall credit quality remained sound and within expectations in view of elevated uncertainties, slower economic activity and moderated 
residential sales activity. While gross impaired loans increased compared to the exceptionally low levels experienced in prior periods, they 
remained within the Bank’s historic range of acceptable levels. All current estimated losses from identified impaired accounts are reflected 
in the specific allowance for credit losses.

Non-interest expenses of $35.4 million increased 8% ($2.6 million) over the same quarter last year mainly reflecting salary and benefit costs 
related to increased staff complement and annual salary increments, as well as premises and equipment expenses to facilitate business growth. 
CWB’s quarterly efficiency ratio (teb), which measures non-interest expenses as a percentage of total revenues, deteriorated 360 basis points 
compared to the same quarter last year, to 47.7%. The negative change in the efficiency ratio (teb) was mainly impacted by constrained growth 
in total revenues (teb) due to margin compression. 

Consolidated net income declined 7% ($1.8 million) compared to the prior quarter as the positive impact of very strong quarterly loan growth 
and a five basis point improvement in net interest margin (teb) was more than offset by a 19% ($3.6 million) decrease in other income and 
slightly higher non-interest expenses. The decrease in other income was mainly due to $2.7 million lower credit related fee income and $0.8 
million reduction in net insurance revenues, which again reflected the Pools’ impact. 

accounting policies and estimates

Critical Accounting Estimates 

CWB’s significant accounting policies are outlined in Note 1 and with related financial note disclosures by major caption in the consolidated 
financial statements. The policies discussed below are considered particularly important as they require management to make significant 
estimates or judgments, some of which may relate to matters that are inherently uncertain.

Allowance for Credit Losses
An allowance for credit losses is maintained to absorb probable credit related losses in the loan portfolio. This allowance reflects management’s 
estimate of probable losses in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. In assessing existing credit losses, management must rely on estimates 
and exercise judgment regarding matters for which the ultimate outcome is unknown. These matters include economic factors, developments 
affecting particular industries and specific issues with respect to single borrowers. Changes in circumstances may cause future assessments 
of credit risk to be significantly different than current assessments and may require an increase or decrease in the allowance for credit losses. 
Establishing a range for the allowance for credit losses is difficult due to the number of uncertainties involved. The general allowance for credit 
losses is intended to address this uncertainty. At October 31, 2008, the Bank’s total allowance for credit losses was $75.5 million (2007 – $63.0 
million), which included a specific allowance of $15.0 million (2007 – $7.4 million) and a general allowance of $60.5 million (2007 – $55.6 
million). Additional information on the process and methodology for determining the allowance for credit losses can be found in the discussion 
of credit quality on page 34 of this MD&A and Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements. This critical accounting estimate relates to 
CWB’s banking and trust segment.

Provision for Unpaid Claims and Adjustment Expenses
A provision for unpaid claims is maintained, with the provision representing the amounts needed to provide for the estimated ultimate 
expected cost of settling claims related to insured events (both reported and unreported) that have occurred on or before each balance sheet 
date. A provision for adjustment expenses is also maintained, which represents the estimated ultimate expected costs of investigating, resolving 
and processing these claims. Estimated recoveries of these costs from reinsurance ceded are included in assets. The computation of these 
provisions takes into account the time value of money using discount rates based on projected investment income from the assets supporting 
the provisions. The process of determining the provision for unpaid claims and adjustment expenses necessarily involves risks that the actual 

52      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

results will deviate from the best estimates made. These risks vary in proportion to the length of the estimation period and the volatility of each 
component comprising the liabilities. To recognize the uncertainty in establishing these best estimates and to allow for possible deterioration 
in experience, actuaries are required to include explicit margins for adverse deviation in assumptions for asset defaults, reinvestment risk, claims 
development and recoverability of reinsurance balances. All provisions are periodically reviewed and evaluated in light of emerging claims 
experience and changing circumstances. Changes in circumstances may cause future assessments of unpaid claims and adjustment expenses 
to be significantly different than current assessments and may require an increase or decrease in the provision. In estimating the provision for 
unpaid claims and adjustment expenses, a number of uncertainties are taken into account and assumptions made, which makes it difficult to 
estimate a range for the provision. Further, as noted above, the provision includes a margin for adverse deviations in assumptions. At October 
31, 2008, the provision for unpaid claims and adjustment expenses totaled $76.2 million (2007 – $68.6 million). Additional information 
on the process and methodology for determining the provision for unpaid claims and adjustment expenses can be found in Note 21 to the 
consolidated financial statements. This critical estimate relates to CWB’s insurance segment, Canadian Direct.

Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value
Cash resources, securities, securities purchased under resale agreements and sold under reverse resale agreements, and derivative financial 
instruments are reported on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value. 

The fair value of a financial instrument on initial recognition is the value of the consideration given or received. Subsequent to initial 
recognition, financial instruments measured at fair value that are quoted in active markets are based on bid prices for financial assets and 
offer prices for financial liabilities. For derivative financial instruments where an active market does not exist, fair values are determined using 
valuation techniques that refer to observable market data, including discounted cash flow analysis, option pricing models and other valuation 
techniques commonly used by market participants.

The following table summarizes the significant financial assets and liabilities reported at fair value at October 31, 2008.

table 27 – valuation of financial instruments 
($ thousands)

Financial Assets
Cash resources

Securities

Securities repurchased under resale agreements

 Derivative related

October 31,	2008
October 31, 2007

Financial Liabilities
   Derivative related

October	31,	2008
October 31, 2007

Valuation Technique

Quoted

Market

Model with

Observable

Prices

Market Data

Fair

Value

	 $	

492,173	 		 $	

492,173	 	 $	

	1,228,964	 	 	

	1,173,064	 	 	

	77,000	 		 	

	9,980	 		 	

–	 		 	

–	 	 	

1,808,117	 		 $	
1,926,737     $ 

1,665,237	 	 $	
1,713,958    $ 

163	 		 $	

163	 		 $	
1,307     $ 

–	 	 $	

–	 	 $	
–    $ 

	 $	
  $ 

	 $	

	 $	
  $ 

–	

55,900	

77,000	

	9,980	

142,880	
248,779 

163	

163	
1,307 

Notes 3, 4, 5, 11 and 29 to the consolidated financial statements provide additional information regarding these financial instruments. This 
critical accounting estimate relates to both operating segments.

CWB has no direct exposure to any troubled non-bank sponsored asset-backed commercial paper, collateralized debt obligation, credit default 
swaps, U.S. subprime mortgages or monoline insurers.

Changes in Accounting Policies, Including Initial Adoption

Effective November 1, 2007, the Bank adopted new accounting standards issued by the CICA: Financial Instruments – Disclosure and 
Presentation and Capital Disclosures. The new standards require additional disclosures regarding financial instruments and capital management 
practices. As a result of adopting these standards, new or enhanced disclosure is provided in Note 2 Financial Instruments, Note 6 Loans and 
Note 31 Capital Management.

In addition, as permitted by the CICA, certain of the required disclosure is provided in the Management’s Discussion and Analysis (MD&A). 
The relevant MD&A sections (pages 54 to 57) are identified by shading, and shaded areas form an integral part of these audited consolidated 
financial statements.

   WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      53

 
 
	 	
	 	
 
	 	
Future Changes in Accounting Policies

International Financial Reporting Standards
The CICA will transition Canadian generally accepted accounting principles for publicly accountable entities to International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRS). The Bank’s consolidated financial statements will be prepared in accordance with IFRS for the fiscal year 
commencing November 1, 2011.

The Bank has embarked on a project to identify and evaluate the impact of the implementation of IFRS on the consolidated financial 
statements and to develop a plan to complete the transition. The impact of the transition to IFRS on the Bank’s consolidated financial 
statements is not yet determinable. Additional information on the Bank’s transition plan and the expected impact of the transition will be 
provided commencing in the quarterly reports for 2009, the third fiscal year prior to transition.

risk management

The shaded areas of this MD&A represent a discussion of risk management policies and procedures relating to credit, market and liquidity 
risks as required under the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants (CICA) Handbook Financial Instruments – Disclosures and 
Presentation, which permits these specific disclosures to be included in the MD&A. Therefore, the shaded areas presented on page 33 and 
pages 54 to 57 of this MD&A form an integral part of the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended October 31, 2008.

Overview

Effective risk management is central to the ability to remain financially sound and profitable and includes identifying, assessing, managing and 
monitoring all forms of risk. CWB, like other financial institutions, is exposed to several factors that could adversely affect its business, financial 
condition or operating results, which may also influence an investor to buy, sell or hold CWB shares. Many of the risk factors are beyond 
CWB’s direct control. 

Senior management is responsible for establishing the framework for identifying risks and developing appropriate risk management 
policies and frameworks. The Board of Directors, either directly or through its committees, reviews and approves the key policies and 
implements specific reporting procedures to enable them to monitor ongoing compliance over significant risk areas. At least annually, a 
report on risks and risk management policies is presented to the Board and/or Board committees for review and assessment.

The Loans Committee of the Board, which maintains a close working relationship with the credit risk management group, is responsible 
for the

·  review and approval of credit risk management policies;

·  review and approval of loans in excess of delegated limits;

·  review and monitoring of impaired and other less than satisfactory loans; and

·  recommendation of the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses to the Audit Committee.

The Asset Liability Committee (ALCO) meets monthly and provides management oversight related to the risks of banking and trust 
operations, other than credit risk. ALCO is a senior management committee chaired by the executive with responsibility for Treasury, 
with the President and Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and other senior executives as members. ALCO is responsible for

·  ensuring that risks other than credit risk are identified and assessed and that appropriate policies are in place and effective;

·  the establishment and maintenance of policies and programs for liquidity management and control, funding sources, investments, 

foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk and derivatives, and trust services risk; and

·  overseeing compliance and strategy respecting diversification of product offerings and management of risks.

Asset liability management policies are approved and reviewed at least annually by the Board with quarterly status reporting also provided.

The Operations Committee meets regularly, is comprised of supervisory and management personnel from all areas of banking operations, and 
is chaired by a member of senior management. This committee is responsible for developing appropriate policies and procedures, including 
internal controls, respecting day-to-day, routine banking operations.

The internal audit department performs audits in all areas of the Bank, including CWT, Valiant and CDI, and reports the results directly to 
senior management, as well as the Bank’s CEO and Audit Committee. For CDI, internal audit results are also reported directly to CDI’s Audit 
Committee.

54      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk that a financial loss will be incurred due to the failure of a counterparty to discharge its contractual commitment 
or obligation to CWB. This risk can relate to balance sheet assets, such as loans, as well as off-balance sheet assets such as guarantees and 
letters of credit. To diversify the risk, the exposure to a single borrower or associated borrowers is limited, unless approved by the Board 
of Directors, to not more than 10% of the Bank’s shareholders’ equity and is presently set at $50 million ($60 million if the amount in 
excess of $50 million is cash secured or CMHC insured). Customers with larger borrowing requirements are accommodated through loan 
syndications with other financial institutions.

The Bank employs and is committed to a number of important principles to manage credit exposures, which include:

·  a Loans Committee of the Board whose duties include approval of lending policies, establishment of lending limits for the Bank, the 

delegation of lending limits and the approval of larger credits, as well as quarterly reports prepared by management on watch list loans, 
impaired loans, the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses, environmental risk and diversification of the portfolio;

·  delegated lending authorities, which are clearly communicated to personnel engaged in the credit granting process, a defined approval 

process for loans in excess of those limits and the review of larger credits by a senior management group prior to recommendation to the 
Loans Committee of the Board;

·  credit policies, guidelines and directives, which are communicated to all branches and officers whose activities and responsibilities 

include credit granting and risk assessment;

·  appointment of personnel engaged in credit granting who are qualified, experienced bankers;

·  a standardized credit risk rating classification established for all credits and reviewed not less than annually;

·  annual reviews of individual credit facilities (except consumer loans and single-unit residential mortgages);

·  quarterly review of risk diversification by geographic area, industry sector and product measured against assigned portfolio limits;

·  pricing of credits commensurate with risk to ensure an appropriate financial return;

·  management of growth within quality objectives;

·  early recognition of problem accounts and immediate implementation of steps to protect the safety of Bank funds;

·  independent reviews of credit valuation, risk classification and credit management procedures by the internal audit group, which 

includes reporting the results to senior management, the CEO and the Audit Committee; 

·  detailed quarterly reviews of accounts rated less than satisfactory, including establishment of an action plan for each account; and 

·  completion of a watch list report recording accounts with evidence of weakness and an impaired loan report covering loans that show 

impairment to the point where a loss is possible.

Environmental Risk
The operations of the Bank do not have a material effect on the environment. However, a risk of default may occur if a borrower is unable 
to repay loans due to environmental cleanup costs. The Bank may become directly liable for cleanup costs when it is deemed to have taken 
control or ownership of a contaminated property. Risk assessment criteria and procedures are in place to manage environmental risks and these 
are communicated to lending personnel. Reports on environmental inspections and findings are reviewed by senior management and reported 
upon quarterly to the Board.

Portfolio Quality
The Bank’s strategy is to maintain a quality portfolio. Efforts are directed toward achieving a wide diversification, engaging experienced 
personnel who provide a hands-on approach in credit granting, account management and quick action when problems develop. The lending 
focus is primarily directed to small- and medium-sized businesses and to individuals with operations conducted in the four western provinces. 
Relationship banking and “know your customer” are important tenets of account management. An appropriate financial return on the level of 
risk is fundamental. 

   WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      55

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that CWB will not have sufficient cash to meet its obligations as they become due. This risk arises from 
fluctuations in cash flows from lending, deposit taking, investing and other activities. Effective liquidity management ensures that 
adequate cash is available to honour all cash outflow obligations while limiting the opportunity cost of holding short-term assets. 
Maintenance of a prudent liquidity base also provides flexibility to fund loan growth and react to other market opportunities.

Liquidity policies include:

·  measurement and forecast of cash flows;

·  maintenance of a pool of high quality liquid assets;

·  a stable base of core deposits from retail and commercial customers;

·  limits on single deposits and sources of deposits;

·  monitoring of wholesale demand and term deposits;

·  scenario testing in the operating, micro, and macro environments;

·  diversification of funding sources; and

·  an approved contingency plan.

Key features of liquidity management are:

·  daily monitoring of expected cash inflows and outflows;

·  tracking and forecasting the liquidity position, including the flows from off-balance sheet items, on a forward four-month rolling basis;

·  consideration of the term structure of assets and liabilities, with emphasis on deposit maturities, as well as expected loan fundings and 

other commitments to provide funds when determining required levels of liquidity; and

·  separate management of the liquidity position of the Bank and CWT to ensure compliance with related party and other regulatory tests.

Market Risk

Market risk is the impact on earnings resulting from changes in financial market variables such as interest rates and foreign exchange 
rates. Market risk arises when making loans, taking deposits and making investments. CWB itself does not undertake trading activities 
and, therefore, does not have risks related to such activities as market making, arbitrage or proprietary trading. CWB’s material market 
risks are confined to interest rates and foreign exchange as discussed below.

Interest Rate Risk
Interest rate risk or sensitivity is defined as the impact on net interest income, both current and future, resulting from a change in market 
interest rates. This risk and potential variability in earnings arises primarily when cash flows associated with interest sensitive assets and 
liabilities have different repricing dates. The differentials, or interest rate gaps, arise as a result of the financial intermediation process and 
reflect differences in term preferences on the part of borrowers and depositors.

A positive interest rate gap exists when interest sensitive assets exceed interest sensitive liabilities for a specific maturity or repricing period. 
A positive gap will result in an increase in net interest income when market interest rates rise since assets reprice earlier than liabilities. 
The opposite impact will occur when market interest rates fall. 

CWB’s earnings are affected by the monetary policies of the Bank of Canada. Monetary policy decisions have an impact on the level of 
interest rates, which can have an impact on earnings.

To manage interest rate risk arising as a result of the financial intermediation process, ALCO establishes policy guidelines for interest 
rate gap positions and meets regularly to monitor the Bank’s position and decide future strategy. The objective is to manage the interest 
rate risk within prudent guidelines. Interest rate risk policies are approved and reviewed at least annually by the Board of Directors, with 
quarterly reporting provided to the Board as to the gap position.

Exposure to interest rate risk is controlled by managing the size of the static gap positions between interest sensitive assets and interest 
sensitive liabilities for future periods. Gap analysis is supplemented by computer simulation of the asset liability portfolio structure, 
duration analysis and dollar estimates of net interest income sensitivity for periods of up to one year. The interest rate gap is measured at 
least monthly. Note 28 to the consolidated financial statements shows the gap position at October 31, 2008 for select time intervals. 

The gap analysis in Note 28 is a static measurement of interest rate sensitive gaps at a specific time. These gaps can change significantly 
in a short period of time. The impact of changes in market interest rates on earnings will depend upon the magnitude and rate of change 
in interest rates as well as the size and maturity structure of the cumulative interest rate gap position and management of those positions 
over time.

56      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

During the year, the one-year and under cumulative gap decreased to 2.1% from 4.3% and the one-month and under gap increased to 9.5% 
from 3.6%. To the extent possible within the Bank’s acceptable parameters for risk, the asset/liability position will continue to be managed 
such that changing interest rates would generally be neutral to net interest income.

Interest sensitive assets matched against interest sensitive liabilities are managed on a relatively risk neutral duration basis. Non-interest 
rate sensitive assets, liabilities and shareholders’ equity are managed at a target duration of between two and three years.

Of the $4,088 million in fixed term deposit liabilities maturing within one year from October 31, 2008, approximately $2,702 million (29% 
of total deposit liabilities) mature by April 30, 2009. The term in which maturing deposits are retained will have an impact on the future asset 
liability structure and, hence, interest rate sensitivity. Approximately $261 million of the fixed term deposit liabilities maturing within one 
month are floating rate redeemable deposits redeemable without penalty at any time.

The estimated sensitivity of net interest income to a change in interest rates is presented in Table 28. The amounts represent the estimated 
change in net interest income over the time period shown resulting from a one percentage point change in interest rates. If rates increase, the 
effect would be an increase in net interest income, while the opposite would occur if rates decrease. The estimates are based on a number of 
assumptions and factors, which include

·  a constant structure in the asset liability portfolio;

·  interest rate changes affect interest sensitive assets and liabilities by the same amount and are applied at the appropriate repricing dates; and

·  no early redemptions.

Year-over-year interest sensitivity increased to 4.8% from 2.5% in 2007 as noted in Table 28.

table 28 – estimated sensitivity of net interest income as a result of a one percentage point change in interest rates 
($ thousands)

Period

90 days

1 year

1 year percentage change

2008	

	 $	

3,180	

  $ 

10,324	

4.8%    

2007 

1,346 

5,780 

2.5%

Based on the current interest rate gap position, it is estimated that a one-percentage point increase in all interest rates would decrease annual 
other comprehensive income by $20 million, net of tax.

It is management’s intention to continue to manage the asset liability structure and interest rate sensitivity through pricing and product 
policies to attract appropriate assets and liabilities, as well as through the use of interest rate swaps or other appropriate hedging techniques (see 
discussion under Derivative Financial Instruments on page 46). Assets and liabilities having a term to maturity in excess of five years are subject 
to specific review and control and, with the exception of subordinated debentures and the deposit from CWB Capital Trust, were not material. 
The subordinated debentures, which are typically redeemed (subject to OSFI approval) after five years, and the deposit from CWB Capital 
Trust are discussed in Notes 14 and 17 to the consolidated financial statements. 

Foreign Exchange Risk
Foreign exchange risk arises when there is a difference between assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency. In providing 
financial services to its customers, the Bank has assets and liabilities denominated in U.S. dollars. At October 31, 2008, assets 
denominated in U.S. dollars were 1.2% (2007 – 1.3%) of total assets and U.S. dollar liabilities were 1.3% (2007 – 1.5%) of total 
liabilities. Currencies other than U.S. dollars are not bought or sold other than to meet specific customer needs and, therefore, the Bank 
has virtually no exposure to currencies other than U.S. dollars.

Policies have been established that include limits on the maximum allowable differences between U.S. dollar assets and liabilities. The 
difference is measured daily and managed by use of U.S. dollar contracts or other means. Policy respecting foreign exchange exposure is 
reviewed and approved at least annually by the Board of Directors, and deviations from policy are reported to the Board and ALCO.

Insurance Risk

The Bank is exposed to insurance risk through its wholly owned subsidiary, CDI, which offers home and auto insurance to consumers in BC 
and AB. Accordingly, CDI’s operations are subject to the elements of risk associated with these lines of business, which can cause fluctuations 
and uncertainties in earnings. These elements include cyclical patterns in the industry and unpredictable developments, including weather-
related and other natural catastrophes. CDI carries reinsurance coverage as part of its strategy to manage these risks. The industry is also 
impacted by political, regulatory, legal and economic influences. The insurance business involves various types of insurance related risk; in 

   WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      57

	 	
   
	 	
   
	 	
particular, underwriting risk, pricing risk, claims risk, reinsurance risk and regulatory risk. Policies and procedures have been established to 
manage insurance related risk, as well as other categories of risk to which CDI is exposed. CDI’s Board of Directors, either directly or through 
a Board committee, is responsible for reviewing and approving key policies and implementing reporting requirements to monitor compliance 
over significant areas.

Underwriting risk is the risk of financial loss due to inappropriate selection of customers and is reduced through controls built into CDI’s 
rating and underwriting system. These controls include eligibility audits and a review by senior staff of exceptions. Pricing risk is the risk that 
products may be inappropriately priced due to actual experience not matching the assumptions made at the time pricing is determined. This is 
mitigated by regular underwriting reviews of product rate adequacy. Regulatory intervention may also impact rate adequacy.

Claims risk includes the risk of financial loss due to adverse deviation in the amount, frequency or timing of claims. Policies and procedures are 
in place to ensure that trained staff handle claims. However, the process for establishing the provision for unpaid claims may reflect significant 
judgment and uncertainty, especially with respect to liability claims. Factors such as inflation, claims settlement patterns, legislative activity and 
litigation trends may impact the actual claims amount as the claims are adjusted over time.

The risk that CDI might be exposed to large claims or to an accumulation of claims resulting from a natural catastrophe, such as a weather-
related or seismic event, is mitigated by reinsurance treaties that protect CDI from such risks. Reinsurance risk includes the risk that 
reinsurance counterparties are not financially strong and that underwriting strategies are inappropriately matched with reinsurance programs. 
CDI’s reinsurance is only purchased from reinsurers meeting a certain minimum security rating and these ratings are monitored on a regular 
basis. CDI’s reinsurance treaties are matched to underwriting strategies through participation of senior underwriting staff in the process. CDI is 
dependent on the availability and pricing of its external reinsurance arrangements and this availability and global markets may impact pricing. 
If CDI is unable to renew such arrangements at favourable rates and to adequate limits, then CDI may need to modify its underwriting 
practices or commitments.

In addition, as the insurance business is heavily regulated, CDI is exposed to regulatory risk. This is evidenced by the provincial government 
mandated reforms to auto insurance in Alberta. This risk is countered mainly by monitoring current developments and by actively participating 
in relevant bodies and associations in order to contribute CDI’s perspective.

Operational Risk

Operational risk is inherent in all business activities, including banking, trust and insurance operations. It is the potential for loss as a result of 
external events, human error or inadequacy, or failure of processes, procedures or controls. Its impact can be financial loss, loss of reputation, 
loss of competitive position or regulatory penalties. CWB is exposed to operational risk from internal business activities, external threats and 
activities that are outsourced. While operational risk cannot be completely eliminated, proactive operational management is a key strategy to 
mitigate this risk. The financial measure of operational risk is actual losses incurred. No material losses occurred in 2008 or 2007.

The adoption of the new Basel II framework (see further discussion in Capital Management section beginning on page 42 of this MD&A) 
introduced capital requirements related to operational risk in the banking and trust operating segment. CWB continues to work closely with 
OSFI to ensure our approach to operational risk management and Basel II compliance is clearly understood and consistent with regulatory 
expectations.

Strategies to minimize and manage operational risk include

Management:

·  a knowledgeable and experienced management team that is committed to the risk management policies and to promoting an ethical culture;

·  clear communication of “Tone at the Top”, which supports effective risk management reporting;

·  a flat organization structure with management close to their operations, which facilitates effective internal communication;

·  communication of the importance of effective risk management to all levels of staff through training and policy implementation; and 

·  a management team that is well versed on the Bank’s operational risk tolerance and appetite.

Framework and supporting policies:

·  a group-wide Operational Risk Framework that encompasses a common language of risk coupled with enterprise-wide programs and 

methodologies for identification, measurement, control, and management of operational risk;

·  implementation of policies and procedural controls appropriate to address identified risks and which include segregation of duties and built-

in checks and balances;

·  the adoption of the COSO for Smaller Business framework for internal control assessment;

·  regular meetings of ALCO, CDI’s Operational Risk Committee and the risk committees of CWT and Valiant;

·  regular meetings of the Operations Committee, a management committee made up of supervisory and management personnel from all 

banking operational areas and chaired by a member of senior management, which is responsible for the development and recommendation  
of policies and procedures regarding day-to-day, routine banking operations;

58      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

·  established “whistleblower” process and an employee code of conduct; 

·  operational risk assessments conducted by business managers closest to the identified risks;

·  regular internal audits for compliance and the effectiveness of procedural controls by a strong, independent internal audit team;

·  centralized reporting of operating losses for risk assessment to senior management and the Board;

·  maintenance of a group-wide outsourcing risk management program;

·  use of technology via automated systems with built-in controls and effective change management process;

·  continual review and upgrade of systems and procedures; and

·  updated and tested procedures and contingency plans for disaster recovery and business continuity.

In addition, the external auditors provide management and the Audit Committee with any recommendations for improvements to internal 
controls or procedures identified during their annual examination of the consolidated financial statements. CWB also maintains appropriate 
insurance coverage through a financial institution bond policy.

General Business and Economic Conditions

CWB primarily operates in Western Canada. As a result, its earnings are impacted by the general business and economic conditions of the 
four western provinces. The conditions include short-term and long-term interest rates, resource commodity prices, inflation, exchange rates, 
consumer, business and government spending, fluctuations in debt and capital markets, as well as the strength of the economies in which CWB 
and its customers operate. 

Level of Competition

CWB’s performance is impacted by the level of competition in the markets in which it operates. Each of CWB’s businesses operates in highly 
competitive markets. Customer retention may be influenced by many factors, including relative service levels, the prices and attributes of 
products and services, changes in products and services, and actions taken by competitors.

Regulatory and Legal Risk

The businesses operated by CWB and its subsidiaries are highly regulated through laws and regulations that have been put in place by 
various federal and provincial governments and regulators. Changes to laws and regulations, including changes in their interpretation or 
implementation, could adversely affect CWB. CWB’s failure to comply with applicable laws, regulations, industry codes or regulatory 
expectations could result in sanctions, financial penalties and costs associated with litigation that could adversely impact its earnings and 
damage its reputation. Although it is not possible to completely eliminate regulatory and legal risk, CWB takes what it believes to be reasonable 
and prudent measures designed to ensure compliance with governing laws and regulations, including its legislative compliance framework. 

Accuracy and Completeness of Information on Customers and Counterparties

CWB depends on the accuracy and completeness of information about customers and counterparties. In deciding whether to extend credit 
or enter into other transactions with customers and counterparties, CWB may rely on information furnished by them, including financial 
statements, appraisals and other financial information. CWB may also rely on the representations of customers and counterparties as to the 
accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on the reports of auditors. CWB’s financial condition 
and earnings could be negatively impacted to the extent it relies on financial statements that do not comply with GAAP, that are materially 
misleading, or that do not fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the customers and 
counterparties.

Ability to Attract and Retain Key Personnel

CWB’s future performance depends to a large extent on its ability to attract and retain key employees. There is strong competition for the best 
people in the western Canadian markets as well as in the financial services sector. Although human resources risk is actively managed, there is 
no assurance that CWB will be able to continue to attract and retain key personnel.

Ability to Execute Growth Initiatives

As part of its long-term corporate strategy, CWB intends to continue growing its business through a combination of organic growth and 
strategic acquisitions. The ability to successfully grow its business will be dependent on a number of factors, including identification of accretive 
new business or acquisition opportunities, negotiation of purchase agreements on satisfactory terms and prices, approval of acquisitions by 
regulatory authorities, securing satisfactory regulatory capital and financing arrangements and integration of newly acquired operations into 
the existing business. All of these activities may be more difficult to implement or may take longer to execute than management anticipates. 
Further, any significant expansion of the business may increase the operating complexity and divert management’s attention away from 
established or ongoing business activities. Any failure to manage acquisition strategies successfully could have a material adverse impact on 
CWB’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

   WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      59

Information Systems and Technology

CWB and its subsidiaries’ businesses are highly dependent upon information technology systems. Third parties provide key components of 
infrastructure, such as Internet connections and access to external networks. Disruptions in the Bank’s information technology systems, whether 
through internal or external factors, as well as disruptions in Internet, network access or other voice or data communication services provided 
by these third parties could adversely affect CWB’s ability to deliver products and services to customers and otherwise conduct business.

Reputation Risk

Reputation risk is the risk to earnings and capital from negative public opinion. Negative public opinion can result from actual or alleged 
conduct in any number of activities, but often involves questions about business ethics and integrity, competence, corporate governance 
practices, quality and accuracy of financial reporting disclosures, or quality of products and service. Negative public opinion could adversely 
affect the ability to keep and attract customers and could expose CWB to litigation or regulatory action.

Other Factors

CWB cautions that the above discussion of risk factors is not exhaustive. Other factors beyond CWB’s control that may affect future results 
include changes in tax laws, technological changes, unexpected changes in consumer spending and saving habits, timely development and 
introduction of new products, and the anticipation of and success in managing the associated risks.

updated share information
As at November 30, 2008, the Bank had 63,467,908 common shares outstanding. In addition, employee stock options have been issued which 
are, or will be, exercisable for up to 5,184,882 common shares (5,494,638 authorized) for maximum proceeds of $108 million.

On December 3, 2008, a quarterly cash dividend of $0.11 per share was declared payable on January 2, 2009 to shareholders of record on 
December 18, 2008.

controls and procedures
As of October 31, 2008, an evaluation was carried out of the effectiveness of the Bank’s disclosure controls and procedures. Based on that 
evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer will certify that the design and operating effectiveness of those disclosure 
controls and procedures were effective. 

Also at October 31, 2008, an evaluation was carried out of the design of internal controls over financial reporting to provide reasonable 
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and financial statement compliance with GAAP. Based on that evaluation, the Chief 
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer will certify that the design of internal controls over financial reporting was effective. 

These evaluations were conducted in accordance with the standards of COSO for Smaller Business, a recognized control model, and the 
requirements of Multilateral Instrument 52-109 of the Canadian Securities Administrators. A Disclosure Committee, comprised of members of 
senior management, assists the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer in their responsibilities.

There were no changes in the design of the Bank’s internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during the year ended October 31, 
2008 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Bank’s internal control over financial reporting.

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis is dated December 5, 2008.

60      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

management’s responsibility for financial reporting
The consolidated financial statements of Canadian Western Bank and related financial information presented in this annual report have 
been prepared by management, who are responsible for the integrity and fair presentation of the information presented, which includes 
the consolidated financial statements, Management’s Discussion and Analysis (MD&A) and other information. The consolidated financial 
statements were prepared in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles, including the requirements of the Bank Act 
and related rules and regulations issued by the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada. The MD&A has been prepared 
in accordance with the requirements of securities regulators, including National Instrument 51-102 of the Canadian Securities Administrators 
(CSA).

The consolidated financial statements, MD&A and related financial information reflect amounts which must, of necessity, be based on 
informed estimates and judgments of management with appropriate consideration to materiality. The financial information presented elsewhere 
in this annual report is fairly presented and consistent with that in the consolidated financial statements.

Management has designed the accounting system and related internal controls, and supporting procedures are maintained to provide 
reasonable assurance that financial records are complete and accurate, assets are safeguarded and the Bank is in compliance with all regulatory 
requirements. These supporting procedures include the careful selection and training of qualified staff, defined division of responsibilities 
and accountability for performance, and the written communication of policies and guidelines of business conduct and risk management 
throughout the Bank.

We, as the Bank’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, will certify Canadian Western Bank’s annual filings with the CSA as 
required by Multilateral Instrument 52-109 (Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings). 

The system of internal controls is also supported by the internal audit department, which carries out periodic inspections of all aspects of the 
Bank’s operations. The Chief Internal Auditor has full and free access to the Audit Committee and to the external auditors.

The Audit Committee, appointed by the Board of Directors, is comprised entirely of independent directors who are not officers or employees 
of the Bank. The Committee is responsible for reviewing the financial statements and annual report, including management’s discussion and 
analysis of operations and financial condition, and recommending them to the Board of Directors for approval. Other key responsibilities of the 
Audit Committee include meeting with management, the Chief Internal Auditor and the external auditors to discuss the effectiveness of certain 
internal controls over the financial reporting process and the planning and results of the external audit. The Committee also meets regularly 
with the Chief Internal Auditor and the external auditors without management present.

The Conduct Review Committee, appointed by the Board of Directors, is composed of directors who are not officers or employees of the 
Bank. Their responsibilities include reviewing related party transactions and reporting to the Board of Directors those transactions which may 
have a material impact on the Bank.

The Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada, at least once a year, makes such examination and inquiry into the affairs of 
the Bank and its federally regulated subsidiaries as is deemed necessary or expedient to satisfy that the provisions of the relevant Acts, having 
reference to the safety of the depositors and policyholders, are being duly observed and that the Bank is in a sound financial condition.

KPMG LLP, the independent auditors appointed by the shareholders of the Bank, have performed an audit of the consolidated financial 
statements and their report follows. The external auditors have full and free access to, and meet periodically with, the Audit Committee to 
discuss their audit and matters arising therefrom.

Larry M. Pollock 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

November 24, 2008

Tracey C. Ball, FCA 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

   WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      61

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
AuDITORS’ REPORT

to the shareholders of canadian western bank
We have audited the Consolidated Balance Sheet of Canadian Western Bank as at October 31, 2008 and the Consolidated Statements of 
Income, Comprehensive Income, Changes in Shareholders’ Equity and Cash Flow for the year then ended. These consolidated financial 
statements are the responsibility of the Bank’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial 
statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform 
an audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, 
on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting 
principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.

In our opinion, these consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Bank as at October 
31, 2008 and the results of its operations and its cash flow for the year then ended in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting 
principles. 

The consolidated financial statements as at October 31, 2007 and for the year then ended were audited by other auditors, who expressed an 
opinion without reservation on these statements in their report dated November 30, 2007.

KPMG LLP 
Chartered Accountants 
Edmonton, Alberta

November 24, 2008

62      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
for the year ended october 31 
($ thousands)

Assets

Cash Resources

Cash and non-interest bearing deposits with financial institutions
Deposits with regulated financial institutions  
 Cheques and other items in transit

Securities  

Issued or guaranteed by Canada
Issued or guaranteed by a province or municipality
 Other securities

Securities Purchased Under Resale Agreements		
Loans  

Residential mortgages
 Other loans

 Allowance for credit losses  

Other

Land, buildings and equipment 
Goodwill  
Intangible assets  
Insurance related 
Derivative related 

  Other assets  

Total Assets

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Deposits 

Payable on demand
Payable after notice
Payable on a fixed date
 Deposit from Canadian Western Bank Capital Trust  

Other

Cheques and other items in transit
Insurance related  
Derivative related  
 Other liabilities 

Subordinated Debentures

 Conventional 

Shareholders’ Equity
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
Capital stock  
 Contributed surplus

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Contingent Liabilities and Commitments  

2008	

2007 

	 $	

(Note 3)

  $ 

8,988	
	464,193	
	18,992	
	492,173	

6,446 
 405,122 
 1,122 
 412,690 

(Note 4)

(Note 5)

(Note 6)

(Note 7)

(Note 8)

(Note 9)

(Note 9)
 (Note 10)
(Note 11)

(Note 12)

(Note 13)

(Note 14)

(Note 15)

(Note 11)

(Note 16)

	347,777	
	452,045	
	429,142	
	1,228,964	
	77,000	

2,134,327	
	6,565,280	
	8,699,607	

(75,538)    

8,624,069	

   $ 

  $ 

	31,893	
	6,933	
	2,155	
	52,943	
	9,980	
	74,622	
	178,526	
10,600,732	

383,083	
2,010,039	
	6,747,597	
	105,000	
	9,245,719	

	29,036	
	134,769	
	163	
	136,897	
	300,865	

630,396 
 251,418 
 459,812 
 1,341,626 
206,925

 1,780,442 
 5,688,160 
 7,468,602 
 (63,022)
 7,405,580 

 25,736 
 6,933 
 2,681 
 51,744 
 1,496 
 69,629 
 158,219 
9,525,040 

376,488 
 1,843,799 
 5,931,631 
 105,000 
8,256,918 

 22,177 
 124,480 
 1,307 
 134,665 
 282,629 

	 $	

	 $	

(Note 17)

	375,000	

 390,000 

	448,203	

	(5,203)    

	221,914	
	14,234	
	679,148	
10,600,732	

  $ 

 372,739 
 (5,931)
 219,004 
 9,681 
 595,493 
9,525,040 

(Note 18)

		 $	

(Note 20)

Jack C. Donald 
Chairman 

Larry M. Pollock 
President and Chief Executive Officer

   WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      63

 
	 	
   
	 	
   
 
	 	
   
 
	 	
   
 
	 	
    
	 	
   
 
	 	
   
 
	 	
   
	 	
    
	 	
		 	
   
 
	 	
   
	 	
   
	 		
 
		 	
   
	 	
   
	 	
   
	 	
   
	 	
   
	
	
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
	 	
   
	 	
   
 
	 	
   
 
	 	
    
	 	
   
	 	
   
	 	
   
 
	 	
   
 
	 	
   
 
	 	
   
	 	
   
	 	
	 	
   
 
	 	
   
 
	 	
   
 
 
 
2008	    

2007 

	 $	

491,991	    $ 
52,929	    
	17,847	     
	562,767	     

439,668 

 45,590 
13,677 
498,935 

275,840 
 17,846 
 293,686 
 205,249 
 10,200 
 195,049 

22,426 
 15,263 
 14,943 
 7,290 
 438 
 2,159 
 302 
 62,821 
 257,870 

 76,506 
 20,239 
 22,780 
 2,409 
 121,934 
 135,936 
 39,654 
96,282 

317,554	     
	22,267	    
	339,821	    
	222,946	    
	12,000	    
	210,946	    

26,998	     
	15,866	    
	13,299	    
	7,689	    
	4,725	    
	1,225	    
	438	    
	70,240	    
 281,186     

	87,660	    
	22,360	    
	23,145	    
	2,001	    
	135,166	    
	146,020	    
	44,001	    
102,019	   $ 

1.61	   $ 
	1.58	    

1.54 
1.50 

 (Note 7)

(Note 21)

(Note 24)

 (Note 25)

	 $	

	 $	

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

for the year ended october 31 
($ thousands, except per share amounts)

Interest Income

 Loans
Securities

  Deposits with regulated financial institutions

Interest Expense

Deposits

  Subordinated debentures

Net Interest Income
Provision for Credit Losses 
Net Interest Income after Provision for Credit Losses
Other Income

Credit related
Insurance, net  
Trust services
Retail services
Gains on sale of securities
Foreign exchange gains

  Other

Net Interest and Other Income 
Non-Interest Expenses

Salaries and employee benefits
Premises and equipment
Other expenses

   Provincial capital taxes

Net Income before Provision for Income Taxes
Provision for Income Taxes  
Net Income

Earnings Per Common Share  

Basic
Diluted

64      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

 
	 	
		 	
	 	
 
	 	
		 	
	 	
 
	 	
	 	
 
	 	
	 	
	
 
		 	
   
 
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
 
	 	
   
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
 
	 	
	 	
 
	 	
 
	 	
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
for the year ended october 31 
($ thousands)

Retained Earnings
Balance at beginning of year

 Net income

  Dividends

Balance at end of year

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Balance at beginning of year

 Other comprehensive income (loss)

Balance at end of year

Total retained earnings and accumulated other comprehensive income

Capital Stock 
Balance at beginning of year

Issued on exercise of employee stock options

 Transferred from contributed surplus on the exercise or exchange of options

 (Note 18)

Balance at end of year

Contributed Surplus
Balance at beginning of year

  Amortization of fair value of employee stock options  

(Note 19)

  Transferred to contributed surplus on the exercise or exchange of options

Balance at end of year

Total Shareholders’ Equity

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
for the year ended october 31 
($ thousands)

Net Income

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), net of tax
Available-for-sale securities

Losses from change in fair value(1)
 Reclassification to other income(2)

Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges
Gains (losses) from change in fair value(3)
Reclassification to net interest income(4)
 Reclassification to other liabilities for derivatives terminated prior to maturity(5)

Comprehensive Income for the Year

		 $	

(1)  Net of income tax benefit of $1,170 (2007 – tax benefit of $2,720). 
(2)  Net of income tax benefit of $1,454 (2007 – tax benefit of $144).
(3)  Net of income tax expense of $4,104 (2007 – tax benefit of $197).
(4)  Net of income tax benefit of $775 (2007 – tax expense of $882).
(5)  Net of income tax benefit of $429 (2007 – $nil).

2008	    

2007 

372,739	   $ 
102,019	     
(26,555)     
448,203	     

(5,931)     
728	    
(5,203)     
443,000    

219,004	     
1,646	     
1,264    
221,914	     

9,681	     
5,817	     
(1,264)    
14,234	     
679,148	    $ 

297,675 

96,282 

(21,218)

372,739 

(1,494)

(4,437)

(5,931)

366,808

215,349 

2,464 

1,191

219,004 

6,340 

4,532 

(1,191)

9,681 

595,493 

	 $	

		 $	

2008	    
102,019	    $ 

2007 

96,282 

		 $	

(2,631)     
(3,271)     
(5,902)     

9,341	     
(1,773)     
(938)     
6,630	    
728	     
102,747	    $ 

(5,544)

(295)

(5,839)

(403)

1,805 

–

 1,402 

(4,437)

91,845 

   WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      65

 
	 	
		 	
	 		
		 	
		 	
 
	 	
		 	
	 	
 
		 	
		 	
 
	 	
		 	
		 	
		 	
	 	
		 	
 
	 	
		 	
 
		 	
 
		 	
		 	
		 	
 
		 	
 
		 	
 
		 	
(Note 17)

(Note 17)

(Note 18)

2008	

2007 

	 $	

102,019	

   $ 

96,282 

12,000	
6,896	
	276	
(4,725)     
2,719	
(454)     
5,817	
(5,164)     

119,384	

988,801	
50,000	
(65,000)     
1,646	
(26,555)     
948,892	

(57,057)     
(2,609,432)     
1,303,698	
1,421,159	
129,925	
(1,230,489)     
(12,527)     
(1,054,723)     
13,553	
(14,609)     
(1,056)    $ 

10,200 
6,017 
1,387 
(438)
13,287 
(1,777)
4,532 
13,183 
142,673 

1,965,953 
195,000 
(3,126)
2,464 
(21,218)
2,139,073 

(55,550)
(2,860,204)
960,350 
1,437,710 
(197,925)
(1,633,943)
(7,012)
(2,356,574)
(74,828)
60,219 
(14,609)

   $ 

8,988	
18,992	
(29,036)     
(1,056)    $ 

6,446 
1,122 
(22,177)

(14,609)

   $ 

336,106	
44,179	

267,963 
40,044 

		 $	

		 $	

	 $	

	 $	

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW
for the year ended october 31 
($ thousands)

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

Net income
Adjustments to determine net cash flows:

Provision for credit losses
Depreciation and amortization
Future income taxes, net
Gain on sale of securities, net
Accrued interest receivable and payable, net
Current income taxes payable, net
Amortization of fair value of employee stock options
 Other items, net

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

Deposits, net
Debentures issued  
Debentures redeemed  
Common shares issued  

  Dividends

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

Interest bearing deposits with regulated financial institutions, net
Securities, purchased
Securities, sales proceeds
Securities, matured
Securities purchased under resale agreements, net
Loans, net
 Land, buildings and equipment 

Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year *
* Represented by:

Cash and non-interest bearing deposits with financial institutions
Cheques and other items in transit (included in Cash Resources)
 Cheques and other items in transit (included in Other Liabilities)

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information

Amount of interest paid in the year
Amount of income taxes paid in the year

66      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

 
	 	
   
		 	
    
		 	
    
	 	
    
	 		
		 	
    
		 	
		 	
    
 
		 	
 
		 	
    
		 	
    
		 	
    
		 	
		 	
    
	 		
 
		 	
    
		 	
		 	
		 	
    
		 	
    
		 	
    
		 	
 
		 	
 
		 	
		 	
    
		 	
		 	
    
 
		 	
		 	
    
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

october 31, 2008 
($ thousands, except per share amounts)

1. 

basis of presentation
These consolidated financial statements of Canadian Western Bank (CWB or the Bank) have been prepared in accordance with subsection 
308 (4) of the Bank Act, which states that, except as otherwise specified by the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada 
(OSFI), the financial statements are to be prepared in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). The 
significant accounting policies used in the preparation of these financial statements, including the accounting requirements of OSFI, are 
summarized below and in the following notes. These accounting policies conform, in all material respects, to Canadian GAAP.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with Canadian GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that 
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements 
as well as the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the year. Key areas of estimation where management has made subjective 
judgments, often as a result of matters that are inherently uncertain, include those relating to the allowance for credit losses, fair value of 
financial instruments, goodwill and intangible assets, provision for unpaid claims and adjustment expenses, future income tax asset and liability, 
other than temporary impairment of securities and fair value of employee stock options. Therefore, actual results could differ from these 
estimates.

a) 

Basis of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the assets, liabilities and results of operations of the Bank and all of its subsidiaries, after the 
elimination of intercompany transactions and balances. Subsidiaries are defined as corporations whose operations are controlled by the Bank 
and are corporations in which the Bank is the beneficial owner. See Note 34 for details of the subsidiaries and affiliate.

b) 

Business Combinations

Business acquisitions are accounted for using the purchase method. 

c) 

Translation of Foreign Currencies

Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into Canadian dollars at rates prevailing at the balance sheet date. 
Revenues and expenses in foreign currencies are translated at the average exchange rates prevailing during the year. Realized and unrealized 
gains and losses on foreign currency positions are included in other income, except for unrealized foreign exchange gains and losses on 
available-for-sale securities that are included in other comprehensive income.

d) 

Specific Accounting Policies

To facilitate a better understanding of the Bank’s consolidated financial statements, the significant accounting policies are disclosed in the 
notes, where applicable, with related financial disclosures by major caption:

Note  Topic  

2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
14 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
22 
23 
24 

Financial instruments 
Cash resources 
Securities 
Securities purchased under resale agreements and securities purchased under reverse resale agreements 
Loans 
Allowance for credit losses 
Land, buildings and equipment 
Goodwill and intangible assets 
Insurance related other assets 
Derivative financial instruments 
Other assets 
Deposits 
Trust capital securities 
Insurance related other liabilities 
Other liabilities 
Subordinated debentures 
Capital stock 
Share incentive plan 
Contingent liabilities and commitments 
Insurance operations 
Disclosures on rate regulation 
Employee future benefits 
Income taxes 

   WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      67

Note  Topic  

25 
26 
27 
28 
29 
30 
31 
32 
33 
34 

Earnings per common share 
Trust assets under administration 
Related party transactions 
Interest rate sensitivity 
Fair value of financial instruments 
Risk management 
Capital management 
Segmented information 
Subsequent event 
Subsidiaries and affiliate

e) 

Change in Accounting Policies 

Effective November 1, 2007, the Bank adopted new accounting standards issued by the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants (CICA): 
Financial Instruments – Disclosure and Presentation and Capital Disclosures. The new standards require additional disclosures regarding financial 
instruments and capital management practices. As a result of adopting these standards, new or enhanced disclosure is provided in Note 2 
Financial Instruments, Note 6 Loans and Note 31 Capital Management.

In addition, as permitted by the CICA, certain of the required disclosure is provided in the Management’s Discussion and Analysis (MD&A). 
The relevant MD&A sections are identified by shading and shaded areas form an integral part of these audited consolidated financial 
statements. 

f) 

Future Accounting Changes

International Financial Reporting Standards 

The CICA will transition Canadian GAAP for publicly accountable entities to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). The Bank’s 
consolidated financial statements will be prepared in accordance with IFRS for the fiscal year commencing November 1, 2011. 

The Bank has embarked on a project to identify and evaluate the impact of the implementation of IFRS on the consolidated financial 
statements and to develop a plan to complete the transition. The impact of the transition to IFRS on the Bank’s consolidated financial 
statements is not yet determinable. Additional information on the Bank’s transition plan and the expected impact of the transition will be 
provided commencing in the quarterly reports for 2009, the third fiscal year prior to transition.

2. 

financial instruments
As a financial institution, most of the Bank’s balance sheet is comprised of financial instruments and the majority of net income results from 
gains, losses, income and expenses related to the same.

Financial instrument assets include cash resources, securities, securities purchased under resale agreements, loans and derivative financial 
instruments. Financial instrument liabilities include deposits, securities purchased under reverse resale agreements, derivative financial 
instruments and subordinated debentures.

The use of financial instruments exposes the Bank to credit, liquidity and market risks. A discussion of how these are managed can be found in 
the Risk Management section of the 2008 Annual Report beginning on page 54.

Income and expenses are classified as to source, either securities or loans for income, and deposits or subordinated debentures for expense. 
Gains on the sale of securities, net, are shown separately in other income.

3. 

4. 

cash resources
Cash resources have been designated as available-for-sale and are reported on the balance sheet at fair value with changes in fair value reported 
in other comprehensive income, net of income taxes. 

Included in deposits with regulated financial institutions are available-for-sale financial instruments reported on the consolidated balance sheets 
at the fair value of $459,875 (2007 – $362,849), which is $940 higher (2007 – $1,070 lower) than amortized cost. 

securities
Securities have been designated as available-for-sale, are accounted for at settlement date and reported on the balance sheet at fair value with 
changes in fair value reported in other comprehensive income, net of income taxes. 

Securities are purchased with the original intention to hold the securities to maturity or until market conditions render alternative investments 
more attractive. If an impairment in value is other than temporary, any write-down to net realizable value is reported in the consolidated 
statements of income. Gains and losses realized on disposal of securities and adjustments to record any other than temporary impairment in 
value are included in other income. Amortization of premiums and discounts are reported in interest income from securities in the consolidated 
statements of income. 

68      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

Securities designated as held-for-trading, which are purchased for resale over a short period of time, are carried at fair value. Gains and losses 
realized on disposal and adjustments to fair value are reported in other income in the consolidated statements of income in the period during 
which they occur. There were no securities designated as held-for-trading at any time during 2007 and 2008.

The analysis of securities at carrying value, by type and maturity, is as follows:

Within     

Over 1     

Over 3      

Over 5     

Maturities

2008     

Total
Carrying     

1 Year

to 3 Years

to 5 Years

Years

Value 

Securities issued or guaranteed by

Canada

	 $	

246,395	

	 $	

91,116	

	 $	

10,266	

	 $	

–	

	 $	

347,777	

  $ 

A province or municipality

Other debt securities

Equity securities

Preferred shares

  Other equity
Total(1)

135,770	

59,745	

43,352	

– 

260,642	

62,471	

53,442	

35,464	

2,191	

11,027	

452,045	

168,707	

49,023	

137,684	

–    

– 

26,173	
4,203(2) 			

256,232	

4,203	

	 $	

485,262	

	 $	

463,252	

	 $	

236,856	

	 $	

43,594	

	 $	

1,228,964	

  $ 

1,341,626 

(1)  All securities have been designated as available-for-sale.
(2)  Includes securities with no specific maturity.

The analysis of unrealized gains and losses on securities reflected on the balance sheet is as follows:

2008

2007

    Amortized     Unrealized     Unrealized    

Cost    

Gains    

Losses    

Fair     Amortized     Unrealized     Unrealized    
Losses    

Gains    

Cost    

Value    

Fair

Value

2007

Total

Carrying

Value

630,396 

251,418 

236,255 

221,878 

1,679 

Securities issued or

guaranteed by
Canada

A province or

  municipality

	 $	

346,360	 	 $	

1,417	 	 $ 

–	 	 $	

347,777	   $ 

630,270    $ 

415    $ 

289    $ 

630,396 

Other debt securities 			

170,665	 			

450,831	 			

1,442	 	 	

686	 	 	

228	 	 	

2,644	 	 	

452,045	    
168,707	    

251,432     

237,958     

Equity securities

Preferred shares

  Other equity

274,061	 			

5,802	 			

–	 	 	

49	 	 	

Total

	 $	 1,247,719	 	 $	

3,594	 	 $	

17,829	 	 	

256,232	    
4,203	    
1,648	 	 	
22,349	 	 $	 1,228,964	   $  1,349,841    $ 

227,331     

2,850     

260     

160     

34     

–    

274     

251,418 

1,863     

236,255 

5,487     

221,878 

1,171     

1,679 

869    $ 

9,084    $  1,341,626 

The securities portfolio is primarily comprised of high quality debt instruments and preferred shares that are not held for trading purposes 
and are typically held until maturity. Fluctuations in value are generally attributed to changes in interest rates, market spreads and shifts in the 
interest rate curve. Unrealized losses at year-end are considered to be temporary in nature.

5. 

securities purchased under resale agreements and securities purchased under reverse resale agreements
Securities purchased under resale agreements represent a purchase of Government of Canada securities by the Bank effected with a simultaneous 
agreement to sell them back at a specified price on a future date, which is generally short term. The difference between the cost of the purchase 
and the predetermined proceeds to be received on a resale agreement is recorded as securities interest income.

Securities purchased under reverse resale agreements represent a sale of Government of Canada securities by the Bank effected with a simultaneous 
agreement to buy them back at a specified price on a future date, which is generally short term. The difference between the proceeds of the sale 
and the predetermined cost to be paid on a resale agreement is recorded as deposit interest expense. There were no reverse resale agreements 
outstanding at year-end.

Securities purchased under resale agreements have been designated as available-for-sale and are reported on the consolidated balance sheets at 
fair value with changes in fair value reported in other comprehensive income, net of income taxes. 

Interest earned or paid is recorded in interest income or expense as earned.

   WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      69

    
    
    
    
 
    
    
    
     
    
    
			
	 	
	 	
	 			
			
   
	 	
	 	
			
					
			
   
			
	 	
			
	 			
			
   
   
   
					
   
 
   
			
			
			
6. 

loans
Loans are recorded at amortized cost and are stated net of unearned income, unamortized premiums and an allowance for credit losses (Note 7).

Interest income is recorded using the effective interest method, except for loans classified as impaired. Loans are determined to be impaired 
when payments are contractually past due 90 days, or where the Bank has taken realization proceedings, or where the Bank is of the opinion 
that the loan should be regarded as impaired. An exception may be made where management determines that the loan is well secured and in 
the process of collection and the collection efforts are reasonably expected to result in either repayment of the loan or restoring it to a current 
status within 180 days from the date the payment went in arrears. All loans are classified as impaired when a payment is 180 days in arrears 
other than loans guaranteed or insured for both principal and interest by the Canadian government, the provinces or a Canadian government 
agency. These loans are classified as impaired when payment is 365 days in arrears.

Impairment is measured as the difference between the carrying value of the loan at the time it is classified as impaired and the present value of 
the expected cash flows (estimated realizable amount), using the interest rate inherent in the loan at the date the loan is classified as impaired. 
When the amounts and timing of future cash flows cannot be reliably estimated, either the fair value of the security underlying the loan, net 
of any expected realization costs, or the current market price for the loan may be used to measure the estimated realizable amount. At the time 
a loan is classified as impaired, interest income will cease to be recognized in accordance with the loan agreement, and any uncollected but 
accrued interest will be added to the carrying value of the loan, together with any unamortized premiums, discounts or loan fees. Subsequent 
payments received on an impaired loan are recorded as a reduction of the recorded investment in the loan. Impaired loans are returned to 
performing status when the timely collection of both principal and interest is reasonably assured and all delinquent principal and interest 
payments are brought current and all charges for loan impairment have been reversed.

Loan fees, net of directly related costs, are amortized to interest income over the expected term of the loan. Premiums paid on the acquisition 
of loan portfolios are amortized to interest income over the expected term of the loans.

Outstanding gross loans and impaired loans, net of allowances for credit losses, are as follows:

2008

Gross

Gross 

Impaired    

Specific    

    Amount 

    Amount

    Allowance    

Consumer and personal

	 $	1,288,160	

	 $	

11,462	

	 $	

305	

	 $	

		 	 3,673,158	

	 	 1,391,287	

	 	 2,347,002	

51,909	

20,456	

7,809	

2,948	

5,647	

6,111	

	 $	8,699,607	

	 $	

91,636	

	 $	

15,011	

Real estate(1)(3)

Industrial

Commercial

Total
General allowance(2)

Net impaired loans after

  general allowance

Net
Impaired    

2007

Gross

Net

Gross 

Impaired    

Specific    

Impaired

Loans     Amount 
  $ 1,062,898 

11,157	

48,961	

14,809	

    2,887,822 

    1,325,431 

1,698	

    2,192,451 

  $ 7,468,602 

76,625	
(60,527)  

    Amount

    Allowance    

Loans

  $ 

2,878 

  $ 

351 

  $ 

2,527 

1,098 

11,261 

5,867 

  $ 

21,104 

  $ 

896 

2,550 

3,617 

7,414 

202 

8,711 

2,250 

13,690 

(55,608)

	 $	

16,098	

  $ 

(41,918)

(1)  Multi-family residential mortgages are presented as real estate loans in this table.
(2)  The general allowance for credit risk is available for the total loan portfolio.
(3)  Foreclosed real estate assets with a carrying value of $901 (2007 – $nil) are held for sale. Foreclosed real estate assets are generally liquidated quickly to repay the outstanding loan.

Outstanding impaired loans, net of allowance for credit losses, by provincial location of security, are as follows:

2008

Gross

Impaired    

Specific    

Amount    

Allowance    

48,436	 		 $	

40,656	 	 		

	2,155	 		 	

	389	 		 	

9,204	 	 $	

4,626	 		 	

792	 		 	

389	 		 	

	$	

	 $	

91,636	 		 $	

15,011	 		 	

Net    
Impaired    
Loans    
39,232	   $ 
36,030	    
1,363	    
-	    
76,625	   $ 

(60,527) 	

2007

Gross

Net

Impaired    

Specific    

Impaired

Amount    

Allowance    

9,163    $ 

3,927    $ 

 8,864      

 3,061      

 16     

21,104     $ 

2,013     

1,458     

 16     

7,414     

Loans

5,236 

 6,851 

 1,603 

 – 

 13,690 

(55,608)

	 $	

16,098

  $ 

(41,918)

Alberta

British Columbia

Saskatchewan

Manitoba

Total
General allowance(1)

Net impaired loans after  

 general allowance

(1)  The general allowance for credit risk is not allocated by province.

70      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
	 	
	 	
		 	
   
   
   
	 	
	 	
	 	
   
   
   
	 	
	 	
	 	
   
   
   
	 	
   
	
	
	
		 	
 
 
    
	
	
	
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
		 	
	 	
	 	
	
	
		 	
	
	 		
 
	 	
	
	
	
   
   
 
During the year, interest recognized as income on impaired loans totaled $360 (2007 – $414).

Gross impaired loans exclude certain past due loans, which are loans where payment of interest or principal is contractually in arrears but which 
are not classified as impaired. Details of such past due loans that have not been included in the gross impaired amount are as follows:

As at October	31,	2008
Residential mortgages

Other loans

1	-	30	days

31	-	60	days

61	-	90 days

  $ 

  $ 

7,217    $ 

11,732     

8,550    $ 

4,010     

18,949    $ 

12,560    $ 

347    $ 

342     

689    $ 

More than  
90 days

–    $ 

–     

–    $ 

Total
16,114 

16,084 

32,198 

Certain process changes were required to compile the above information and comparative figures are not available.

7. 

allowance for credit losses
An allowance for credit losses is maintained which, in the Bank’s opinion, is adequate to absorb credit related losses in its loan portfolio. The 
adequacy of the allowance for credit losses is reviewed at least quarterly. The allowance for credit losses is deducted from the outstanding loan 
balance.

The allowance for credit losses consists of specific provisions and the general allowance for credit risk. Specific provisions include all the 
accumulated provisions for losses on identified impaired loans required to reduce the carrying value of those loans to their estimated realizable 
amount. The general allowance for credit risk includes provisions for losses inherent in the portfolio that are not presently identifiable by 
management of the Bank on an account-by-account basis. The general allowance for credit risk is established by taking into consideration 
historical trends in the loss experience during economic cycles, the current portfolio profile, estimated losses for the current phase of the 
economic cycle and historical experience in the industry. 

Actual write-offs, net of recoveries, are deducted from the allowance for credit losses. The provision for credit losses in the consolidated 
statements of income is charged with an amount sufficient to keep the balance in the allowance for credit losses adequate to absorb all credit 
related losses.

The following table shows the changes in the allowance for credit losses during the year:

2008

General

Allowance

2007

General

Allowance

Specific    

for Credit

Specific    

for Credit

Allowance    

Losses    

Total

Allowance    

Losses    

Balance at beginning of year

	 $	

7,414	 	 $	

55,608	 	 $	

Provision for credit losses

Write-offs

Recoveries

	7,081	 		 	

(2,577) 		 	

	3,093	 		 	

4,919	 		 	

–  		 	

–  	 	

Balance at end of year

	 $	

15,011	 	 $	

60,527	 	 $	

63,022	   $ 
12,000	     
(2,577)     
	3,093	     
75,538	   $ 

5,484    $ 

48,037    $ 

2,629      

(786)     

87     

7,571     

–      

–      

Total

53,521 

 10,200 

(786)

87 

7,414     $ 

55,608     $ 

63,022 

   WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      71

 
	
	 	
	
	 	
	
	 	
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
	 	
	 	
	 	
8. 

land, buildings and equipment
Land is carried at cost. Buildings, equipment and furniture, and leasehold improvements are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and 
amortization. Depreciation and amortization are calculated primarily using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the asset, 
as follows: buildings – 20 years, equipment and furniture – three to five years, and leasehold improvements – term of the lease. Gains and losses 
on disposal are recorded in other income in the year of disposal. Land, building and equipment, if no longer in use or considered impaired, are 
written down to the fair value. 

Operating leases primarily comprise branch and office premises and are not capitalized. Total costs, including free rent periods and step-rent 
increases, are expensed on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Land

Buildings

Computer equipment

Office equipment and furniture

Leasehold improvements

Total

	 $	

    Accumulated 	 	

 Depreciation and    

Cost     Amortization    

2,783	 	 $	

5,337	 		 	

25,490	 		 	

15,776	 		 	

28,165	 		 	

– 		 $	

3,090	 		 	

19,897	 		 	

10,450	 		 	

12,221	 		 	

	 $	

77,551	 	 $	

45,658	 		 $	

2008    
Net Book    
Value    
2,783	   $ 
2,247	     
5,593	     
5,326	     
15,944	     
31,893	    $ 

2007

Net Book

Value

2,783 

1,669 

5,688 

4,521 

11,075 

25,736 

Depreciation and amortization for the year amounted to $6,370 (2007 – $5,474).

9. 

goodwill and intangible assets
Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price paid for the acquisition of a subsidiary over the fair value of the net assets acquired, including 
identifiable intangible assets. Goodwill and other intangibles with an indefinite life are not amortized, but are subject to a fair value impairment 
test at least annually. Other intangibles with a finite life are amortized to the statement of income over their expected lives not exceeding 10 
years. These intangible assets are tested for impairment whenever circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Any 
impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets will be charged to the consolidated statement of income in the period of impairment.

Goodwill

Identifiable intangible assets

Customer relationships

Trademark

  Others

Total

    Accumulated    

Cost     Amortization    

	 $	

6,933	 		 $	

–	 	 $ 	

3,950	 		 	

300	 		 	

	330	 		 	

4,580	 		 	

		 $	

11,513	 	 $ 	

2,115	 		 	

–  		 	

310	 		 	

2,425	 		 	

2,425	 	 $ 	

2008    
Net Book    
Value    
6,933	    $ 

1,835	     
300	     
20	     
2,155	    
9,088	    $ 

2007

Net Book

Value

6,933 

2,305 

300 

76 

2,681 

9,614 

Amortization of customer relationships and other intangible assets for the year amounted to $526 (2007 – $543). The trademark has an 
indefinite life and is not subject to amortization. Goodwill includes $3,679 related to the banking and trust segment and $3,254 related to the 
insurance segment. There were no writedowns of goodwill or intangible assets due to impairment.

10. 

insurance related other assets

Instalment premiums receivable

Reinsurers’ share of unpaid claims and adjustment expenses

Deferred policy acquisition costs

Recoverable on unpaid claims

Due from reinsurers

Total

72      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

2008    
24,333	    $ 
11,561	    
	8,924	    
	6,939	    
	1,186	    
52,943	    $ 

2007

22,803 

 10,915 

 8,626 

 7,257 

 2,143 

51,744 

	 $	

		 $	

 
   
	 	
	 	
		 	
		 	
	 	
 
   
		 	
		 	
	 	
 
		 	
 
 
	 	
		 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
11. 

derivative financial instruments
Interest rate, foreign exchange and equity contracts such as futures, options, swaps, floors and rate locks are entered into for risk management 
purposes in accordance with the Bank’s asset liability management policies. It is the Bank’s policy not to utilize derivative financial instruments 
for trading or speculative purposes. Interest rate swaps and floors are primarily used to reduce the impact of fluctuating interest rates. Equity 
contracts are used to economically offset the return paid to depositors on certain deposit products that are linked to a stock index. Foreign 
exchange contracts are only used for the purposes of meeting needs of clients or day-to-day business.

The Bank designates certain derivative financial instruments as either a hedge of the fair value of recognized assets or liabilities or firm 
commitments (fair value hedges), or a hedge of highly probable future cash flows attributable to a recognized asset or liability or a forecasted 
transaction (cash flow hedges). The Bank has designated all interest rate swaps as cash flow hedges. On an ongoing basis, the Bank assesses 
whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged items. 

Certain derivatives embedded in other financial instruments, such as the return on fixed term deposits that are linked to a stock index, 
are treated as separate derivatives when their economic characteristics and risks are not closely related to those of the host contract and the 
combined contract is not carried at fair value. Embedded derivatives identified in contracts entered into after November 1, 2002 have been 
separated from the host contract and are recorded at fair value.

Interest income received or interest expense paid on derivative financial instruments is accounted for on the accrual basis and recognized as 
interest income or expense, as appropriate, over the term of the hedge contract. Premiums on purchased contracts are amortized to interest 
expense over the term of the contract. Accrued interest receivable and payable and deferred gains and losses for these contracts are recorded 
in other assets or liabilities as appropriate. Realized and unrealized gains or losses associated with derivative instruments, which have been 
terminated or cease to be effective prior to maturity, are deferred under other assets or other liabilities, as appropriate, and amortized into 
income over the original hedged period. In the event a designated hedged item is terminated or eliminated prior to the termination of the 
related derivative instrument, any realized or unrealized gain or loss on such derivative instrument is recognized in other income.

Derivative financial instruments are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value as either other assets or other liabilities with changes in fair value 
related to the effective portion of cash flow interest rate hedges recorded in other comprehensive income, net of income taxes. Changes in fair 
value related to the ineffective portion of cash flow hedges and all other derivative financial instruments are reported in other income on the 
consolidated statement of income.

The Bank enters into derivative financial instruments for risk management purposes. Derivative financial instruments are financial contracts 
whose value is derived from an underlying interest rate, foreign exchange rate, equity or commodity instrument or index.

Derivative financial instruments primarily used by the Bank include:

·  interest rate swaps, which are agreements where two counterparties exchange a series of payments based on different interest rates applied to a 

notional amount;

·  equity swap contracts, which are agreements where one counterparty agrees to pay or receive from the other cash flows based on changes in 

the value of an equity index as well as a designated interest rate applied to a notional amount; and

·  foreign exchange forwards and futures, which are contractual obligations to exchange one currency for another at a specified price for 

settlement at a predetermined future date.

Interest rate swaps and other instruments are used as hedging devices to control interest rate risk. The Bank enters into these interest rate 
derivative instruments only for its own account and does not act as an intermediary in this market. The credit risk is limited to the amount of 
any adverse change in interest rates applied on the notional contract amount should the counterparty default. Equity contracts are used to offset 
the return paid to depositors on certain deposit products where the return is linked to a stock index. The credit risk is limited to the average 
return on an equity index, applied on the notional contract amount should the counterparty default. The principal amounts are not exchanged 
and, hence, are not at risk. The Asset Liability Committee (ALCO) of the Bank establishes and monitors approved counterparties (including 
an assessment of credit worthiness) and maximum notional limits. Approved counterparties are limited to rated financial institutions or their 
associated parent/affiliate with a minimum rating of A high or equivalent.

Foreign exchange transactions are undertaken only for the purposes of meeting the needs of clients and of day-to-day business. Foreign 
exchange markets are not speculated in by taking a trading position in currencies. Maximum exposure limits are established and monitored 
by ALCO and are defined by allowable unhedged amounts. The position is managed within the allowable target range by spot and forward 
transactions or other hedging techniques. Exposure to foreign exchange risk is not material to the Bank’s overall financial position.

   WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      73

The following table summarizes the derivative financial instrument portfolio and the related credit risk. Notional amounts represent the 
amount to which a rate or price is applied in order to calculate the exchange of cash flows. The notional amounts are not recorded on the 
consolidated balance sheets. They represent the volume of outstanding transactions and do not represent the potential gain or loss associated 
with the market risk or credit risk of such instruments. The replacement cost represents the cost of replacing, at current market rates, all 
contracts with a positive fair value. The future credit exposure represents the potential for future changes in value and is based on a formula 
prescribed by OSFI. The credit risk equivalent is the sum of the future credit exposure and the replacement cost. The risk-weighted balance 
represents the credit risk equivalent weighted according to the credit worthiness of the counterparty as prescribed by OSFI. Additional 
discussion of OSFI’s capital adequacy requirements is provided on page 42 of Management’s Discussion and Analysis.

2008

2007

    Replace-    

Future    

Credit    

Risk-

    Replace-    

Future    

Credit    

Risk-

    Notional    

    Amount    

Interest rate swaps

		$  593,000	 		$	

4,400	    

Credit    

Risk    Weighted     Notional    
ment    
Cost     Exposure    Equivalent     Balance     Amount    
2,361	   $  482,000    $ 
 6,000     

1,825	 		$	 11,803	 		$	

9,978	 		$	

304     

304     

61     

–    

ment    

Credit    

Risk    Weighted

Cost     Exposure    Equivalent     Balance

946    $ 

1,010    $ 

1,956    $ 

 515     

480     

995     

2,600	 			

2	 			

26	 			

28	 			

14	    

 3,405     

 35     

34     

68     

		$	 600,000	 		$	

9,980	 		$	

2,155	 		$	 12,135	 	 $	

2,436	   $  491,405    $ 

1,496    $ 

1,524    $ 

3,019    $ 

Equity contracts

Foreign exchange

  contracts 

Total

391 

199 

14 

604 

The following table shows the derivative financial instruments split between those contracts that have a positive fair value (favourable contracts) 
and those that have a negative fair value (unfavourable contracts).

2008

2007

Favourable Contracts

Unfavourable Contracts

Favourable Contracts

Unfavourable Contracts

    Notional

Fair     Notional

Fair     Notional

Fair     Notional

Amount    

Value    

Amount    

Value    

Amount    

Value    

Amount    

Fair

Value

	 $	 593,000	 		 $	

9,978	    $ 

–     $ 

	–	 	 	

 –	 	 	

	4,400	 		 	

–     $  273,000     $ 
6,000      

(139)     

946     $  209,000     $ 

(498)

515      

–      

– 

1,300	 	 	

	2	 	 	

	1,300	 		 	

(175)     

2,594      

35      

811      

(63)

 n/a  	 	

	151	 	 	

	n/a  		 	

	–	 	 	

	–	    

–      

–	     

–      

n/a      

–      

n/a      

(746)

–      

–     

 –      

– 

		 $ 

594,300	 		 $ 

10,131	 		 $ 

5,700	 		 $ 

(314)    $  281,594     $ 

1,496   $ 

209,811     $ 

(1,307)

Interest rate swaps

Equity contracts

Foreign exchange

  contracts

Embedded derivatives in 

  equity linked deposits

Other forecasted

   transactions

Total

The aggregate contractual or notional amount of the derivative financial instruments on hand, the extent to which instruments are favourable 
or unfavourable and, thus, the aggregate fair values of these financial assets and liabilities can fluctuate significantly from time to time. The 
average fair values of the derivative financial instruments on hand during the year are set out in the following table.

Favourable derivative financial instruments (assets)

Unfavourable derivative financial instruments (liabilities)

2008    
4,094	   $ 
322	   $ 

2007

867 

1,124 

	 $	

	 $	

74      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

			
			
   
   
   
   
 
   
	 	
		 	
   
	 	
 
	 	
The following table summarizes maturities of derivative financial instruments and weighted average interest rates paid and received on 
contracts.

2008

Maturity

2007

Maturity

1 Year or Less

More than 1 Year

1 Year or Less

More than 1 Year

  Contractual

   Contractual

   Contractual

   Contractual

    Notional

Interest     Notional

Interest     Notional

Interest     Notional

Interest

Amount    

Rate    

Amount    

Rate    

Amount    

Rate    

Amount    

Rate

Interest Rate Contracts
Interest rate swaps –

 receive fixed amounts(1) 	 $	 228,000	 	 	

2.98% 	 $	 365,000	 	 	

2.89%    $  394,000     

4.82%    $ 

88,000     

4.83%

Equity Contracts(2)
Foreign Exchange
  Contracts(3)

2,400	

	2,600	 	

2,000	

–	 	

Total

		 $	 233,000	 	

		 $	 367,000	 	

1,600 

4,400 

3,405   

   $  399,005   

–    	
92,400  	  	

   $ 

(1)  The Bank pays floating interest amounts based on the one-month (30-day) Canadian Bankers’ Acceptance rate. Interest rate swaps mature between December 2008 and January 2013.
(2)  The Bank receives amounts based on the specified equity index and pays amounts based on the one-month (30-day) Canadian Bankers’ Acceptance rate. Equity contracts mature between  

  February 2009 and March 2011.

(3)  The contractual interest rate is not meaningful for foreign exchange contracts. Foreign exchange contracts mature between January 2009 and May 2009.

During the year, a net unrealized after tax gain of $9,341 (2007 – $403 after tax loss) was recorded in other comprehensive income for changes 
in fair value of the effective portion of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges and $nil (2007 – $nil) was recorded in other income for 
changes in fair value of the ineffective portion of derivatives classified as cash flow hedges. Amounts accumulated in other comprehensive 
income are reclassified to net income in the same period that interest on certain floating rate loans (i.e. the hedged items) affect income. A net 
gain after tax of $1,773 (2007 – $1,805 net loss after tax) was reclassified to net income. During the year, $938 after tax (2007 – $nil) was 
reclassified to other liabilities for derivatives terminated prior to maturity and the deferred balance will be amortized into net income over the 
original hedged period. A net gain of $2,432 (2007 – $68 net loss) after tax recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as at 
October 31 is expected to be reclassified to net income in the next 12 months and will offset variable cash flows from floating rate loans.

There were no forecasted transactions that failed to occur.

12. 

other assets

Accrued interest receivable

Future income tax asset  

Financing costs(1)

Accounts receivable

Prepaid expenses

Taxes receivable

Other

Total

(1)  Amortization for the year amounted to $1,037 (2007 – $839). 

	 $	

(Note 24)

	 $	

2008    
40,241	    $ 
16,142	     
4,636	     
6,004	     
3,520	     
1,259	     
2,820	     
74,622	    $ 

2007

39,245 

16,944 

4,667 

3,550 

2,589 

–

2,634 

69,629 

   WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      75

   
   
   
   
 
   
		 	
		 	
    
    
	 	
		 	
    
    
	
	 	
		 	
		 	
		 	
		 	
		 	
		 	
13. 

deposits
Deposits are accounted for on an amortized cost basis. Costs relating to the issuance of fixed term deposits are amortized over the expected life 
of the deposit using the effective interest method.

Payable on demand

Payable after notice

Payable on a fixed date 

Deposit from CWB Capital Trust(1) 

Total

Payable on demand

Payable after notice

Payable on a fixed date

Deposit from CWB Capital Trust(1)

Total

Business and    

Financial

Individuals     Government    

Institutions    

2008

Total

	 $	

16,071	 		 $	

367,012	    $ 

732,630	 		 	

1,277,409	     

–  		 $	

–  		 	

383,083	

2,010,039	

4,601,439	 		 	

2,136,158	 		 	

10,000	 		 	

6,747,597	

–  		 	

105,000	 		 	

–	 		 	

105,000	

	 $	

5,350,140	 		 $	

3,885,579	 		 $	

10,000	 		 $	

9,245,719	

    Business and    

Financial

Individuals     Government    

Institutions    

2007

Total

  $ 

15,873    $ 

360,615     $ 

788,199      

1,055,600      

–     $ 

–      

376,488 

1,843,799 

3,909,616      

2,012,015      

10,000      

5,931,631 

–      

105,000      

–      

105,000 

   $ 

4,713,688     $ 

3,533,230     $ 

10,000     $ 

8,256,918 

(1)  The senior deposit note of $105 million from CWB Capital Trust is reflected as a Business and Government deposit payable on a fixed date. This senior deposit note bears interest at an   

  annual rate of 6.199% until December 31, 2016 and, thereafter, at the CDOR 180-day Bankers’ Acceptance rate plus 2.55%. This note is redeemable at the Bank’s option, in whole or in part, on  
  and after December 31, 2011, or earlier in certain specified circumstances, both subject to the approval of OSFI. Each one thousand dollars of WesTS principal is convertible at any time into 40  
  non-cumulative redeemable CWB First Preferred Shares Series 1 of the Bank at the option of CWB Capital Trust. CWB Capital Trust will exercise this conversion right in circumstances in which  
  holders of CWB Capital Trust Capital Securities Series 1 (WesTS) exercise their holder exchange rights. See Note 14 for more information on WesTS and CWB Capital Trust.

14. 

trust capital securities
In 2006, the Bank arranged for the issuance of innovative capital instruments, CWB Capital Trust Capital Securities Series 1 (WesTS), 
through Canadian Western Bank Capital Trust (CWB Capital Trust), a special purpose entity. CWB Capital Trust, an open-end trust, issued 
non-voting WesTS and the proceeds were used to purchase a senior deposit note from CWB. 

Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants (CICA) Accounting Guideline (AcG-15) provides a framework for identifying Variable Interest 
Entities (“VIEs”) and requires the consolidation of a VIE if the Bank is the primary beneficiary of the VIE. The only special purpose entity in 
which the Bank participates is CWB Capital Trust. Although CWB owns the unit holder’s equity and voting control of CWB Capital Trust 
through Special Trust Securities, the Bank is not exposed to the majority of any CWB Capital Trust losses and is, therefore, not the primary 
beneficiary under AcG-15. Accordingly, CWB does not consolidate CWB Capital Trust and the WesTS issued by CWB Capital Trust are not 
reported on the consolidated balance sheets, but the senior deposit note is reported in deposits (see Note 13) and interest expense is recognized 
on the senior deposit note. 

Holders of WesTS are eligible to receive semi-annual non-cumulative fixed cash distributions. No cash distributions will be payable by CWB 
Capital Trust on WesTS if CWB fails to declare regular dividends on its preferred shares or, if no preferred shares are outstanding, on its 
common shares. In this case, the net distributable funds of CWB Capital Trust will be distributed to the Bank as holder of the residual interest 
in CWB Capital Trust.

Should CWB Capital Trust fail to pay the semi-annual distributions in full, CWB has contractually agreed not to declare dividends of any kind 
on any of the preferred or common shares for a specified period of time.

76      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

 
	 	
 
   
		 	
		 	
 
 
		 	
   
 
   
   
    
    
The following information presents the outstanding WesTS:

Issuance date 
Distribution dates 
Annual yield 
Earliest date redeemable at the option of the issuer 
Earliest date exchangeable at the option of the holder 
Trust capital securities outstanding 
Principal amount 

August 31, 2006 
June 30, December 31 
6.199% 
December 31, 2011 
Anytime 
105,000 
$105,000

The significant terms and conditions of the WesTS are

1) 

Subject to the approval of OSFI, CWB Capital Trust may, in whole (but not in part), on the redemption date specified above, and on any 
distribution date thereafter, redeem the WesTS without the consent of the holders.

2) 

Subject to the approval of OSFI, upon occurrence of a special event as defined, prior to the redemption date specified above, CWB Capital 
Trust may redeem all, but not part, of the WesTS without the consent of the holders.

3) 

The WesTS may be redeemed for cash equivalent to (i) the early redemption price if the redemption occurs prior to December 31, 2016 
or (ii) the redemption price if the redemption occurs on or after December 31, 2016. Redemption price refers to an amount equal to one 
thousand dollars plus the unpaid distributions to the redemption date. Early redemption price refers to an amount equal to the greater of (i) 
the redemption price and (ii) the price calculated to provide an annual yield, equal to the yield on a Government of Canada bond issued on 
the redemption date with a maturity date of December 31, 2016, plus 0.50%.

4) 

Holders of WesTS may, at any time, exchange each one thousand dollars of principal for 40 First Preferred Shares Series 1 of the Bank. 
CWB’s First Preferred Shares Series 1 pay semi-annual non-cumulative cash dividends with an annual yield of 4.00% and will be redeemable 
at the option of the Bank, with OSFI approval, on or after December 31, 2011, but not at the option of the holders. This exchange right 
will be effected through the conversion by CWB Capital Trust of the corresponding amount of the deposit note of the Bank. The WesTS 
exchanged for the Bank’s First Preferred Shares Series 1 will be cancelled by CWB Capital Trust.

5) 

Each WesTS will be exchanged automatically without the consent of the holders for 40 non-cumulative redeemable CWB First Preferred 
Shares Series 2 upon occurrence of any one of the following events: (i) proceedings are commenced for the winding up of the Bank, (ii) 
OSFI takes control of the Bank, (iii) the Bank has a Tier 1 capital ratio of less than 5% or Total capital ratio of less than 8%, or (iv) OSFI 
has directed the Bank to increase its capital or provide additional liquidity and the Bank elects such automatic exchange or the Bank fails 
to comply with such direction. Following the occurrence of an automatic exchange, the Bank would hold all of the Special Trust Securities 
and all of the WesTS, and the primary asset of CWB Capital Trust would continue to be the senior deposit note. The Bank’s First Preferred 
Shares Series 2 pay semi-annual non-cumulative cash dividends with an annual yield of 5.25% and will be redeemable at the option of the 
Bank, with OSFI approval, on or after December 31, 2011, but not at the option of the holders.

6) 

For regulatory capital purposes, WesTS are included in Tier 1 capital to a maximum of 15% of net Tier 1 capital with the remainder 
included in Tier 2 capital. All of the outstanding WesTS amount are currently included in Tier 1 capital.

7) 

The non-cumulative cash distribution on the WesTS will be 6.199% paid semi-annually until December 31, 2016 and, thereafter, at 
CDOR 180-day Bankers’ Acceptance rate plus 2.55%.

15. 

insurance related other liabilities

Unpaid claims and adjustment expenses

Unearned premiums

Due to insurance companies and policyholders

Unearned reinsurance commissions 

Total

2008    
76,176	    $ 
56,799	     
987	     
807	     
134,769	    $ 

2007

68,561 

54,537 

558 

824 

124,480 

		 $	

		 $	

   WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	 	
		 	
		 	
		 	
16. 

other liabilities

Accrued interest payable

Accounts payable

Taxes payable

Deferred revenue

Leasehold inducements

Future income tax liability  

Other

Total

2008    
101,584	    $ 
24,895	     
5,260	     
2,485	     
1,373	     
1,300	     
–	     
136,897	    $ 

2007

97,869 

26,265 

4,455 

2,570 

1,588 

1,550 

368 

134,665 

		 $	

		 $	

(Note 24)

17. 

subordinated debentures
Financing costs relating to the issuance of subordinated debentures are amortized over the expected life of the related subordinated debenture 
using the effective interest method.

Each of the following qualifies as a bank debenture under the Bank Act and is subordinate in right of payment to all deposit liabilities. All 
redemptions are subject to the approval of OSFI.

Interest

Rate
5.550%(1)

5.426%(2)

5.070%(3)

5.571%(4)

5.950%(5)

5.660%(6)

5.960%(6)

Maturity

Earliest Date

Redeemable 

Date

by CWB at Par

March 21, 2017

November 19, 2014 November 20, 2009 		 $	
November 21, 2015 November 22, 2010 		 	
March 22, 2012 		 	
March 22, 2017 		 	
June 27, 2013 		 	
July 8, 2008 		 	
October 25, 2008 		 	

October 24, 2013

March 21, 2022

June 27, 2018

July 7, 2013

		 $	

2008    
60,000	    $ 
70,000	     
120,000	     
75,000	     
50,000	     
–	     
–	 	    
375,000	    $ 

2007

60,000 

70,000 

120,000 

75,000 

– 

30,000 

35,000 

390,000 

(1)  These conventional debentures have a 10-year term with a fixed interest rate for the first five years. Thereafter, the interest rate will be reset quarterly at the Canadian dollar CDOR 90-day  

  Bankers’ Acceptance rate plus 160 basis points.

(2)  These conventional debentures have a 10-year term with a fixed interest rate for the first five years. Thereafter, the interest rate will be reset quarterly at the Canadian dollar CDOR 90-day  

  Bankers’ Acceptance rate plus 180 basis points.

(3)  These conventional debentures have a 10-year term with a fixed interest rate for the first five years. Thereafter, the interest rate will be reset quarterly at the Canadian dollar CDOR 90-day  
  Bankers’ Acceptance rate plus 155 basis points. Of the $125,000 debentures issued, $5,000 were acquired by Canadian Direct Insurance Incorporated, a wholly owned subsidiary, and have  
  been eliminated on consolidation.

(4)  These conventional debentures have a 15-year term with a fixed interest rate for the first 10 years. Thereafter, the interest rate will be reset quarterly at the Canadian dollar CDOR 90-day  

  Bankers’ Acceptance rate plus 180 basis points.

(5)  These conventional debentures have a 10-year term with a fixed interest rate for the first five years. Thereafter, the interest rate will be reset quarterly at the Canadian dollar CDOR 90-day  

  Bankers’ Acceptance rate plus 302 basis points.

(6)  These conventional debentures had a 10-year term with a fixed interest rate for the first five years and were redeemed by the Bank at face value on July 8 and October 25, 2008, respectively.

78      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

 
	 	
		 	
		 	
		 	
		 	
		 	
		 	
	 	
 
 
 
18. 

capital stock
Authorized:

An unlimited number of common shares without nominal or par value;

33,964,324 class A shares without nominal or par value; and

25,000,000 first preferred shares without nominal or par value, issuable in series, of which 4,200,000 first preferred shares Series 1 and 
4,200,000 first preferred shares Series 2 have been reserved (see Note 14).

Issued and fully paid:

Common Shares

Outstanding at beginning of year

Issued on exercise or exchange of options

Transferred from contributed surplus on exercise or

 exchange of options

Outstanding at end of year

2008

2007

  Number of Shares    

Amount   Number of Shares    

Amount

62,836,189	 	 $	

	620,953	 		 	

219,004	     
1,646	    

61,936,260    $ 

215,349 

 899,929     

 2,464 

 –	 	 	

	63,457,142	 		 $	

	1,264	    
221,914	    

 –     

 1,191 

 62,836,189    $ 

219,004 

The Bank is prohibited by the Bank Act from declaring any dividends on common shares when the Bank is or would be placed, as a result 
of the declaration, in contravention of the capital adequacy and liquidity regulations or any regulatory directives issued under the Act. In 
addition, should CWB Capital Trust fail to pay the semi-annual distributions in full on the CWB Capital Trust Securities Series 1 (see Note 
14), the Bank has contractually agreed to not declare dividends on any of its common and preferred shares for a specified period of time. These 
limitations do not restrict the current level of dividends.

19. 

share incentive plan
The fair value based method has been adopted to account for stock options granted to employees on or after November 1, 2002. The estimated 
fair value is recognized over the applicable vesting period as an increase to both salary expense and contributed surplus. In accordance with 
GAAP, no expense is recognized for options granted prior to November 1, 2002. When options are exercised, the proceeds received and the 
applicable amount, if any, in contributed surplus are credited to capital stock.

The Bank has authorized 5,505,404 common shares (2007 – 5,176,357) for issuance under the share incentive plan. Of the amount 
authorized, options exercisable into 5,204,882 shares (2007 – 4,911,277) are issued and outstanding. The options generally vest within three 
years and are exercisable at a fixed price equal to the average of the market price on the day of and the four days preceding the grant date. All 
options expire within eight years of date of grant. Outstanding options expire on dates ranging from December 2008 to September 2013.

The details of, and changes in, the issued and outstanding options follow:

Options
Balance at beginning of year

Granted 

Exercised or exchanged

Forfeited

Balance at end of year

Exercisable at end of year

2008

2007

Weighted

Average
Exercise    
Price    
16.96	     
28.39	     
8.98	     
24.26	     
20.83	     

Number    

of Options    

4,911,277	 		 $	

1,249,032	 		 	

(838,177) 		 	

(117,250) 		 	

5,204,882	 		 $	

Number    

of Options    

5,030,040     $ 

1,118,000      

(1,122,863)     

(113,900)     

4,911,277     $ 

1,870,500	 		 $	

13.10	     

1,656,077     $ 

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price

13.07 

25.49 

7.61 

20.98 

16.96 

9.30 

   WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      79

 
		 	
	 	
 
 
	 	
	 	
   
   
   
   
   
   
		 	
		 	
		 	
		 	
		 	
		 	
Further details relating to stock options outstanding and exercisable follow:

Options Outstanding

Weighted

Average    

Weighted

Remaining    

Average

Options Exercisable

Number of

Contractual

Exercise    

Number of

Options    
 863,800 

Life (years)    
  $ 

0.7 

Price    
10.08 

Options    
  $ 
 863,800 

1,052,700 

1,068,290 

1,640,500 

579,592 

5,204,882 

 1.8 

 3.1 

3.8 

4.1 

2.8 

  $ 

 15.77 

 21.45 

25.68 

31.15 

20.83 

 1,006,700 

– 

 – 

– 

1,870,500 

  $ 

13.10 

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price
10.08 

 15.69 

 – 

 – 

– 

Range of Exercise Prices
$10.00 to $10.84

$11.18 to $17.58

$19.16 to $21.46

$22.29 to $26.38

 $28.11 to $31.18

Total

The terms of the share incentive plan allow the holders of vested options a cashless settlement alternative whereby the option holder can either 
(a) elect to receive shares by delivering cash to the Bank in the amount of the option exercise price or (b) elect to receive the number of shares 
equivalent to the excess of the market value of the shares under option, determined at the exercise date, over the exercise price. Of the 838,177 
(2007 – 1,122,863) options exercised or exchanged, option holders exchanged the rights to 651,727 (2007 – 796,213) options and received 
434,503 (2007 – 572,777) shares in return under the cashless settlement alternative.

Salary expense of $5,817 (2007 – $4,532) was recognized relating to the estimated fair value of options granted since November 1, 2002. The 
fair value of options granted was estimated using a binomial option pricing model with the following variables and assumptions: (i) risk-free 
interest rate of 3.8% (2007 – 4.2%), (ii) expected option life of 4.0 (2007 – 4.0) years, (iii) expected volatility of 23% (2007 – 19%), and (iv) 
expected dividends of 1.49% (2007 – 1.31%). The weighted average fair value of options granted was estimated at $5.84 (2007 – $4.94) per 
share.

During the year, $1,264 (2007 – $1,191) was transferred from contributed surplus to share capital, representing the estimated fair value 
recognized for 804,177 (2007 – 795,863) options granted after November 1, 2002 and exercised during the year.

20. 

a) 

contingent liabilities and commitments
Credit Instruments

In the normal course of business, the Bank enters into various commitments and has contingent liabilities which are not reflected in the 
consolidated balance sheets. These items are reported below and are expressed in terms of the contractual amount of the related commitment.

Credit Instruments

Guarantees and standby letters of credit

 Commitments to extend credit

Total

2008    

2007

	 $	

		 $	

232,649	    $ 
3,190,420	     
3,423,069	    $ 

202,194 

2,367,215 

2,569,409 

Guarantees and standby letters of credit represent the Bank’s obligation to make payments to third parties when a customer is unable to 
make required payments or meet other contractual obligations. These instruments carry the same credit risk, recourse and collateral security 
requirements as loans extended to customers and generally have a term that does not exceed one year. Losses, if any, resulting from these 
transactions are not expected to be material.

Commitments to extend credit to customers also arise in the normal course of business and include undrawn availability under lines of credit 
and commercial operating loans of $931,957 (2007 – $800,301) and recently authorized but unfunded loan commitments of $2,258,463 
(2007 – $1,566,915). In the majority of instances, availability of undrawn commercial commitments is subject to the borrower meeting 
specified financial tests or other covenants regarding completion or satisfaction of certain conditions precedent. It is also usual practice to 
include the right to review and withhold funding in the event of a material adverse change in the financial condition of the borrower. From a 
liquidity perspective, undrawn credit authorizations will be funded over time, with draws in many cases extending over a period of months. In 
some instances, authorizations are never advanced or may be reduced because of changing requirements. Revolving credit authorizations are 
subject to repayment which, on a pooled basis, also decreases liquidity risk.

80      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

   
   
   
   
   
    
   
   
   
    
    
   
   
     
   
   
   
   
    
   
   
   
   
     
     
     
    
    
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
	 	
 
		 	
b) 

Lease Commitments

The Bank has obligations under long-term non-cancellable operating leases for the rental of premises. Minimum future lease commitments for 
each of the five succeeding years and thereafter are as follows:

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014 and thereafter

Total

c) 

Guarantees

  $ 

  $ 

8,036 

7,931 

7,678 

7,355 

7,334 

28,873 

67,207 

A guarantee is defined as a contract that contingently requires the guarantor to make payments to a third party based on i) changes in an 
underlying economic characteristic that is related to an asset, liability or equity security of the guaranteed party, ii) failure of another party to 
perform under an obligating agreement, or iii) failure of another third party to pay indebtedness when due.

Significant guarantees provided to third parties include guarantees and standby letters of credit as discussed above.

In the ordinary course of business, the Bank enters into contractual arrangements under which the Bank may agree to indemnify the other 
party. Under these agreements, the Bank may be required to compensate counterparties for costs incurred as a result of various contingencies, 
such as changes in laws and regulations and litigation claims. A maximum potential liability cannot be identified as the terms of these 
arrangements vary and generally no predetermined amounts or limits are identified. The likelihood of occurrence of contingent events that 
would trigger payment under these arrangements is either remote or difficult to predict and, in the past, payments under these arrangements 
have been insignificant. 

The Bank issues personal and business credit cards through an agreement with a third party card issuer. The Bank has indemnified the card 
issuer from loss if there is a default on the issuer’s collection of the business credit card balances. The Bank has provided no indemnification 
relating to the personal or reward credit card balances. The issuance of business credit cards and establishment of business credit card limits 
are approved by the Bank and subject to the same credit assessment, approval and monitoring as the extension of direct loans. At year-end, the 
total approved business credit card limit was $11,503 (2007 – $9,728), and the balance outstanding was $2,778 (2007 – $2,238).

No amounts are reflected in the consolidated financial statements related to these guarantees and indemnifications.

d) 

Legal Proceedings

In the ordinary course of business, the Bank and its subsidiaries are party to legal proceedings. Based on current knowledge, the Bank does not 
expect the outcome of any of these proceedings to have a material effect on the consolidated financial position or results of operations.

21. 

insurance operations

Premiums Earned and Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs
Insurance premiums are included in other income on a daily pro rata basis over the terms of the underlying insurance policies. Unearned 
premiums represent the portion of premiums written that relate to the unexpired term of the policies in force and are included in other 
liabilities.

Policy acquisition costs are those expenses incurred in the acquisition of insurance business. Acquisition costs comprise advertising and 
marketing expenses, insurance advisor salaries and benefits, premium taxes and other expenses directly attributable to the production of 
business. Policy acquisition costs related to unearned premiums are only deferred, and included in other assets, to the extent that they are 
expected to be recovered from unearned premiums and are amortized to income over the periods in which the premiums are earned. If the 
unearned premiums are not sufficient to pay expected claims and expenses (including policy maintenance expenses and unamortized policy 
acquisition costs), a premium deficiency is said to exist. Anticipated investment income is considered in determining whether a premium 
deficiency exists. Premium deficiencies are recognized by writing down the deferred policy acquisition cost asset.

Unpaid Claims and Adjustment Expenses
The provision for unpaid claims represents the amounts needed to provide for the estimated ultimate expected cost of settling claims related to 
insured events (both reported and unreported) that have occurred on or before each balance sheet date. The provision for adjustment expenses 
represents the estimated ultimate expected costs of investigating, resolving and processing these claims. These provisions are included in other 
liabilities and their computation takes into account the time value of money using discount rates based on projected investment income from 
the assets supporting the provisions.

All provisions are periodically reviewed and evaluated in light of emerging claims experience and changing circumstances. The resulting changes 
in estimates of the ultimate liability are recorded as incurred claims in the current period.

   WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      81

    
    
    
    
    
Reinsurance Ceded
Earned premiums and claims expenses are recorded net of amounts ceded to, and recoverable from, reinsurers. Estimates of amounts 
recoverable from reinsurers on unpaid claims and adjustment expenses are recorded in other assets and are estimated in a manner consistent 
with the liabilities associated with the reinsured policies.

a) 

Insurance Revenues, Net
Insurance revenues, net reported in other income on the consolidated statements of income is presented net of claims, adjustment expenses and 
policy acquisition costs.

Net earned premiums 

Commissions and processing fees

Net claims and adjustment expenses

Policy acquisition costs

Insurance revenues, net

b) 

unpaid Claims and Adjustment Expenses

2008    
97,943	   $ 
2,876	     
(64,380)     
(20,573)     
15,866	   $ 

2007

94,914 

2,751 

(62,391)

(20,011)

15,263 

	 $	

	 $	

(i) Nature of Unpaid Claims
The establishment of the provision for unpaid claims and adjustment expenses and the related reinsurers’ share is based on known facts and 
interpretation of circumstances and is, therefore, a complex and dynamic process influenced by a large variety of factors. These factors include 
experience with similar cases and historical trends involving claim payment patterns, loss payments, pending levels of unpaid claims, product 
mix or concentration, claims severity, and claims frequency patterns.

Other factors include the continually evolving and changing regulatory and legal environment, actuarial studies, professional experience and 
expertise of the claims department personnel and independent adjusters retained to handle individual claims, quality of the data used for 
projection purposes, existing claims management practices, including claims handling and settlement practices, effect of inflationary trends on 
future claims settlement costs, investment rates of return, court decisions, economic conditions and public attitudes. In addition, time can be 
a critical part of the provision determination since, the longer the span between the incidence of a loss and the payment or settlement of the 
claim, the more variable the ultimate settlement amount can be. Accordingly, short-tailed claims, such as property claims, tend to be more 
reasonably predictable than long-tailed claims, such as liability claims.

Consequently, the establishment of the provision for unpaid claims and adjustment expenses relies on the judgment and opinions of a large 
number of individuals, on historical precedent and trends, on prevailing legal, economic, social and regulatory trends and on expectations 
as to future developments. The process of determining the provisions necessarily involves risks that the actual results will deviate, perhaps 
substantially, from the best estimates made.

(ii) Provision for Unpaid Claims and Adjustment Expenses
An annual evaluation of the adequacy of unpaid claims is completed at the end of each financial year. This evaluation includes a re-estimation 
of the liability for unpaid claims relating to each preceding financial year compared to the liability that was originally established. The results of 
this comparison and the changes in the provision for unpaid claims and adjustment expenses follow:

Unpaid claims and adjustment expenses, net, beginning of year

Claims incurred

In the current year

In prior periods

Claims paid during the year

Unpaid claims and adjustment expenses, net, end of year

Reinsurers’ share of unpaid claims and adjustment expenses

Recoverable on unpaid claims

2008    
50,389	    $ 

	 $	

	67,457	     
(3,077)     
(57,093)     
57,676	     
11,561	     
6,939	     
76,176	   $ 

2007

40,561 

62,406 

(15)

(52,563)

50,389 

10,915 

7,257 

68,561 

Unpaid claims and adjustment expenses, net, end of year

		 $	

The provision for unpaid claims and adjustment expenses and related reinsurance recoveries are discounted using rates based on the projected 
investment income from the assets supporting the provisions, and reflecting the estimated timing of payments and recoveries. The investment 
rate of return used for all cash flow periods and all lines of business was 4.1% (2007 – 4.3%). However, that rate was reduced by a 1% (2007 – 
1%) provision for adverse deviation in discounting the provision for unpaid claims and adjustment expenses and related reinsurance recoveries. 
The impact of this provision for adverse deviation results in an increase of $850 (2007 – $821) in unpaid claims and adjustment expenses and 
related reinsurance recoveries.

82      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

 
	 	
		 	
		 	
		 	
 
	 	
	 	
	 		
	 	
		 	
		 	
		 	
Policy balances, included in insurance related other assets and other liabilities, analyzed by major lines of business are as follows:

Unpaid claims and adjustment expenses

Reinsurers’ share of unpaid claims and adjustment expenses

Unearned premiums

2008

Automobile    

	 $	

64,181	 	 $	

11,561	 		 	

40,886	 		 	

Home    
11,995	   $ 
–	     
15,913	     

2007

Automobile    

59,379    $ 

10,904      

40,741      

Home

9,182 

11 

13,796 

c) 

underwriting Policy and Reinsurance Ceded
Reinsurance contracts with coverage up to maximum policy limits are entered into to protect against losses in excess of certain amounts that 
may arise from automobile, personal property and liability claims.

Reinsurance with a limit of $180,000 (2007 – $180,000) is obtained to protect against certain catastrophic losses. Retention on catastrophic 
events and property and liability risks is generally $1,000 (2007 – $1,000). Retentions are further reduced by quota share reinsurance and, 
for the British Columbia automobile insurance product, by the underlying mandatory coverage provided by the provincially governed Crown 
corporation. Due to the geographic concentration of the business, management believes earthquakes and windstorms are its most significant 
exposure to catastrophic losses. Utilizing sophisticated computer modelling techniques developed by independent consultants to quantify the 
estimated exposure to such losses, management believes there is sufficient catastrophe reinsurance protection.

There was no quota share agreement in effect for the past two years. The previous quota share agreement, ceding 10% of gross retention, 
expired October 31, 2006.

At October 31, 2008, $11,561 (2007 – $10,915) of unpaid claims and adjustment expenses were recorded as recoverable from reinsurers. 
Failure of a reinsurer to honour its obligation could result in losses. The financial condition of reinsurers is regularly evaluated to minimize the 
exposure to significant losses from reinsurer insolvency.

The amounts shown in other income are net of the following amounts relating to reinsurance ceded to other insurance companies:

Premiums earned reduced by

Claims incurred reduced by

	 $	

2008    
6,849	   $ 
2,987	    

2007

7,057 

1,466 

22. 

disclosures on rate regulation
Canadian Direct Insurance Incorporated (Canadian Direct), a wholly owned subsidiary, is licensed under insurance legislation in the provinces in 
which it conducts business. Automobile insurance is a compulsory product and is subject to different regulations across the provinces in Canada, 
including those with respect to rate setting. Rate setting mechanisms vary across the provinces, but they generally fall under three categories: “use 
and file”, “file and use” and “file and approve”. Under “use and file”, rates are filed following use. Under “file and use”, insurers file their rates 
with the relevant authorities and wait for a prescribed period of time and then implement the proposed rates. Under “file and approve”, insurers 
must wait for specific approval of filed rates before they may be used.

The authorities that regulate automobile insurance rates, in the provinces in which Canadian Direct is writing that business, are listed below. 
Automobile direct written premiums in these provinces totaled $71,300 in 2008 (2007 – $71,700) and represented 100% (2007 – 100%) of 
direct automobile premiums written. 

Province
Alberta 

British Columbia

Rate Filing
File and approve or  
File and use 

File and use

Regulatory Authority
Alberta Automobile Insurance Rate Board 

British Columbia Utilities Commission

Relevant regulatory authorities may, in some circumstances, require retroactive rate adjustments, which could result in a regulatory asset or 
liability. At October 31, 2008, there was no regulatory asset or liability.

23. 

employee future benefits
All employee future benefits are accounted for on an accrual basis. The Bank’s contributions to the group retirement savings plan and employee 
share purchase plan totaled $6,183 (2007 – $4,876).

   WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      83

 
   
		 	
		 	
 
	 	
		 	
24. 

income taxes 
The Bank follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes whereby current income taxes are recognized for the estimated 
income taxes payable for the current year. Future tax assets and liabilities represent the cumulative amount of tax applicable to temporary differences 
between the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities, and their values for tax purposes. Future tax assets and liabilities are measured using 
enacted or substantively enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected 
to be recovered or settled. Changes in future income taxes related to a change in tax rates are recognized in income in the period of the tax rate 
change. All future income tax assets are expected to be realized in the normal course of operations. 

The provision for income taxes consists of the following:

Consolidated statements of income

Current

  Future

Shareholders’ equity

Future income tax expense related to: 

Unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities

 Gains on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges

Total 

2008    

2007

43,725	   $ 
276	     
44,001	     

(2,624)    
2,900	    
276	     
44,277	   $ 

38,267 

1,387 

39,654 

(2,864)

 685 

(2,179)

37,475 

	 $	

	 $	

A reconciliation of the statutory tax rates and income tax that would be payable at these rates to the effective income tax rates and provision for 
income taxes that is reported in the consolidated statements of income follows:

Combined Canadian federal and provincial income taxes

and statutory tax rate 

Increase (decrease) arising from:

Tax-exempt income

Stock-based compensation

Future federal and provincial tax rate reductions(1)

Income tax recovery

  Other

2008

2007

	 $	

44,536	

30.5%    $ 

44,832 

(3,579)

1,774	

	999	

–	

271	

(2.5)	

1.2	

0.7	

–	

	0.2	
30.1%   $ 

(4,124)

 1,486 

 – 

(3,495)

 955 

39,654 

33.0%

(3.0) 

 1.1 

 – 

(2.6) 

 0.7 

29.2%

Provision for income taxes and effective tax rate

	 $	

44,001	

(1)  Future federal and provincial tax rate reductions represent the revaluation of future income tax assets to reflect corporate income tax rate reductions enacted for accounting purposes.

Future income tax balances are comprised of the following:

Net future income tax assets
Allowance for credit losses

  Other temporary differences

Net future income tax liabilities 

Intangible assets

Allowance for credit losses

  Other temporary differences

2008    

2007

	 $	

	 $	

	 $	

16,103	

  $ 

39	

16,142	

  $ 

742	

  $ 

(845)

1,403	

	 $	

1,300	

  $ 

16,235 

709 

16,944 

923 

(729)

1,356 

1,550

The Bank has approximately $11,140 (2007 – $11,140) of capital losses that are available to apply against future capital gains and have no 
expiry date. The tax benefit of these losses has not been recognized in the consolidated financial statements.

84      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

 
	 	
	 	
 
		 	
	 	
   
 
	 	
 
	 	
 
	 	
 
	 	
   
	 	
	 	
   
   
	 	
	 	
   
   
	 	
	 	
   
   
	 	
	 	
   
   
		 	
	 	
   
   
	 	
   
	
	 	
	 	
   
 
	 	
    
	 	
    
 
25. 

earnings per common share
Basic earnings per common share is calculated based on the average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings 
per share is calculated based on the treasury stock method, which assumes that any proceeds from the exercise of in-the-money stock options 
would be used to purchase the Bank’s common shares at the average market price during the year.

The calculation of earnings per common share follows:

Numerator

 Net income - basic and diluted

Denominator

Weighted average of common shares outstanding - basic

Dilutive instruments:

Employee stock options(1)

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding - diluted

Earnings per Common Share

Basic

Diluted

2008    

2007

	 $	

102,019	    $ 

96,282 

	63,214,117	    

 62,354,101 

	1,227,017	    
	64,441,134    

 1,897,449 

 64,251,550

		 $	

1.61	    $ 
	1.58	    

1.54 

 1.50 

(1)  At October 31, the denominator excludes 3,334,382 (2007 – 365,000) employee stock options with an average adjusted exercise price of $27.45 (2007 – $31.38) where the exercise price,  

  adjusted for unrecognized stock-based compensation, is greater than the average market price.

26. 

27. 

28. 

trust assets under administration 
Trust assets under administration of $4,347,723 (2007 – $4,283,900) represent the fair value of assets held for personal and corporate clients, 
administered by subsidiaries, and are kept separate from the subsidiaries’ own assets. Trust assets under administration are not reflected in the 
consolidated balance sheets and relate to the banking and trust segment.

related party transactions
The Bank makes loans, primarily residential mortgages, to its officers and employees at various preferred rates and terms. The total amount 
outstanding for these types of loans is $64,836 (2007 – $56,045). The Bank offers deposits, primarily fixed term deposits to its officers, employees 
and their immediate family at preferred rates. The total amount outstanding for these types of deposits is $127,219 (2007 – $102,776).

interest rate sensitivity 
The Bank is exposed to interest rate risk as a result of a difference, or gap, between the maturity or repricing behaviour of interest sensitive 
assets and liabilities. The interest rate gap is managed by forecasting core balance trends. The repricing profile of these assets and liabilities has 
been incorporated in the table following showing the gap position at October 31 for select time intervals. Figures in brackets represent an excess 
of liabilities over assets or a negative gap position.

   WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      85

 
	 	
 
	 	
 
	 	
	 	
	 	
asset liability gap positions 
($ millions)

October 31,	2008

1 Month 

  Months 

to 1 Year 

1 Year 

5 Years 

5 Years 

Sensitive 

Total 

 Floating Rate 

  and Within 

1 to 3 

	 3 Months 

Within 

1 Year to 

  More than  

Interest 

Total 

Non- 

Assets
Cash resources and securities

Loans

Other assets
Derivative financial instruments(1) 	 		
Total

Liabilities and Equity
Deposits

Other liabilities

Debentures

Shareholders’ equity
Derivative financial instruments(1) 	 		
Total

	 $	

176	

		$	

220	

		$	

339	

		$	

735	

		$	

921	

		$	

46	

		$	

	4,964	

	–	

–	

	5,140	

	484	

	–	

80	

	784	

774	

–	

150	

	6,222	

	2,461	

–	

230	

	–	

367	

1,263	

	7,187	

	3,749	

	3,472	

883	

	3	

	–	

	–	

597	

4,072	

1,967	

25	

–	

–	

–	

	6	

	–	

	–	

–	

889	

1,992	

	6,322	

	2,832	

	34	

	–	

	–	

597	

6,953	

33	

	300	

	–	

	–	

3,165	

	95	

	–	

–	

	141	

	105	

	9	

	75	

	–	

	–	

189	

Interest Rate Sensitive Gap

Cumulative Gap

Cumulative Gap as a

		$	

		$	

1,068	

		$	

(105) 		$	

(729) 		$	

1,068	

		$	

963	

		$	

234	

		$	

234	

		$	

234	

		$	

584	

		$	

818	

		$	

(48) 		$	

(770) 		$	

770	

		$	

–	

		$	

 Percentage of Total Assets

9.5%	 	

8.6%	 	

2.1%	 	

2.1%	 	

7.3%	 	

6.9%			

–	

18	

	$	

	(77) 			

	179	

–	

	120	

1,720	

8,701	

179	

597	

11,197	

	(14) 			

9,245	

225	

–	

679	

–	

890	

301	

375	

679	

597	

11,197	

–	

–	

–

October 31,	2007
Total assets

  $ 

4,377 

  $ 

552 

  $ 

1,868 

  $ 

6,797 

  $ 

2,921 

  $ 

195 

  $ 

100 

  $ 

10,013 

Total liabilities and equity

 4,013 

 692 

1,666 

 6,371 

2,638 

 194 

 810 

 10,013 

Interest Rate Sensitive Gap

Cumulative Gap

Cumulative Gap as a

  $ 

  $ 

364 

  $ 

364 

  $ 

(140)   $ 

224 

  $ 

202 

  $ 

426 

  $ 

426 

  $ 

426 

  $ 

283 

  $ 

709 

  $ 

1 

  $ 

(710)   $ 

710 

  $ 

– 

  $ 

 Percentage of Total Assets

3.6%   

2.2%   

4.3%   

4.3%   

7.1%   

7.1%   

–    

– 

– 

–

(1)  Derivative financial instruments are included in this table at the notional amount. 
(2)  Accrued interest is excluded in calculating interest sensitive assets and liabilities.
(3)  Potential prepayments of fixed rate loans and early redemption of redeemable fixed term deposits have not been estimated. Redemptions of fixed term deposits where depositors have this  

  option are not expected to be material. The majority of fixed rate loans, mortgages and leases are either closed or carry prepayment penalties.

86      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

 
 
	
 
	
	
 
	
	
	
 
 
	 	
	 	
			
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
			
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
			
	 		
			
	 		
	 		
	 		
	 		
			
	 	
	 	
			
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
			
	
	
	
	 	
			
			
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
			
	 	
			
	 	
			
			
	 	
	 	
			
	 	
	 	
	 	
			
			
	 	
	 	
			
	 	
	 	
	 	
			
			
	 		
			
	 		
	 	
	 	
	 		
	 		
	 		
	 		
			
	 		
	 		
	 		
			
			
 
	 	
	 	
   
   
   
   
    
   
   
   
 
   
The effective, weighted average interest rates for each class of financial asset and liability are shown below.

weighted average effective interest rates 
(%)

October 31,	2008

1 Month 

    Months 

to 1 Year 

 Floating Rate 

and Within 

1 to 3 

	 	 3 Months 

Total 

Within 

1 Year 

1 Year to 

    More than

5 Years 

5 Years 

Total 

Assets
Cash resources and securities

Loans

Derivative financial instruments

Total

Liabilities
Deposits

Debentures

Derivative financial instruments

Total

2.7%	 	

3.0%	 	

3.2%	 	

3.0%	 	

4.4%	 	

5.8%	 	

3.8%

4.8	

–	

4.7	

2.1	

–	

2.9	

2.2	

4.7	

4.1	

4.2	

3.6	

–	

–	

3.6	

6.2	

3.7	

5.1	

4.0	

–	

–	

4.0	

5.0	

3.8	

4.8	

2.9	

–	

2.9	

2.9	

6.1	

3.5	

5.4	

4.2	

5.4	

–	

4.2	

5.9	

–	

5.8	

6.4	

5.6	

–	

5.7	

5.3	

3.6	

5.0	

3.3	

5.4	

2.9	

3.4	

Interest Rate Sensitive Gap

2.5%	 	

0.6%	 	

1.1%	 	

1.9%	 	

1.2%	 	

0.1%	 	

1.6%

October 31, 2007

Total assets

Total liabilities

Interest Rate Sensitive Gap

6.6%   

3.9 

2.7%   

5.2%    

4.4 

0.8%    

5.2%   

4.3 

0.9%   

6.1%   

4.1 

2.0%   

5.9%   

4.2 

1.7%   

5.7%   

5.6 

0.1%   

6.0%

4.1 

1.9%

Based on the current interest rate gap position, it is estimated that a one-percentage point increase in all interest rates would increase net 
interest income by approximately 4.8% (2007 – 2.5%) and decrease other comprehensive income by $19,982, net of tax. A one-percentage 
point decrease in all interest rates would decrease net interest income and increase other comprehensive income by a similar amount. 
Information on the estimated change in other comprehensive income at October 2007 is not readily available. 

29. 

fair value of financial instruments
The fair value of a financial instrument on initial recognition is the value of the consideration given or received. Subsequent to initial 
recognition, financial instruments measured at fair value that are quoted in active markets are based on bid prices for financial assets and offer 
prices for financial liabilities. For certain securities and derivative financial instruments where an active market does not exist, fair values are 
determined using valuation techniques that refer to observable market data, including discounted cash flow analysis, option pricing models 
and other valuation techniques commonly used by market participants. The fair value of financial assets recorded on the consolidated balance 
sheets at fair value (cash, securities, securities purchased under resale agreements and derivatives) was determined using published market prices 
quoted in active markets for 92% (2007 – 87%) of the portfolio and estimated using a valuation technique based on observable market data 
for 8% (2007 – 13%) of the portfolio. The fair value of liabilities recorded on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value (derivatives) was 
determined using a valuation technique based on observable market data.

Fair value represents the estimated consideration that would be agreed upon in a current transaction between knowledgeable, willing parties 
who are under no compulsion to act. The fair value of a financial instrument on initial recognition is normally the transaction price (i.e. the 
value of the consideration given or received). Subsequent to initial recognition, financial instruments measured at fair value on the consolidated 
balance sheets that are quoted in active markets are based on bid prices for financial assets and offer prices for financial liabilities. For certain 
securities and derivative financial instruments where an active market does not exist, fair values are determined using valuation techniques that 
refer to observable market data, including discounted cash flow analysis, option pricing models and other valuation techniques commonly used 
by market participants. 

Several of the Bank’s significant financial instruments, such as loans and deposits, lack an available trading market as they are not typically 
exchanged. Therefore, these instruments have been valued assuming they will not be sold, using present value or other suitable techniques and 
are not necessarily representative of the amounts realizable in an immediate settlement of the instrument.

Changes in interest rates are the main cause of changes in the fair value of the Bank’s financial instruments. The carrying value of loans, 
deposits and subordinated debentures are not adjusted to reflect increases or decreases in fair value due to interest rate changes as the Bank’s 
intention is to realize their value over time by holding them to maturity.

   WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      87

   
	 	
   
	 	
   
	 	
	 	
	 	
   
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
The table below sets out the fair values of financial instruments (including certain derivatives) using the valuation methods and assumptions 
referred to below the table. The table does not include assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments.

2008

2007

Fair Value

Over (Under)

Fair Value

Over (Under)

Book Value

Fair Value

Book Value

Book Value

Fair Value

Book Value

Assets

Cash resources  

Securities  

(Note 3)

		 $	

492,173	

		 $	

492,173	

		 $	

(Note 4)

	1,228,964	

	1,228,964	

   $ 

412,690 

   $ 

412,690 

   $ 

 1,341,626 

 1,341,626 

Securities purchased under

resale agreements

Loans(1)

Other assets(2)

Derivative related

Liabilities

Deposits(1)

Other liabilities(3)

Subordinated debentures

 Derivative related 

	77,000	

77,000	

 206,925 

	8,700,672	

	8,635,811	

(64,861)    

 7,406,733 

	82,782	

	9,980	

	82,782	

	9,980	

–	

–	

 77,573 

 1,496 

 206,925 

 7,325,340 

 77,573 

 1,496 

	9,258,776	

	9,247,017	

(11,759)    

 8,256,918 

8,219,463 

	232,678	

	375,000	

	163	

	232,678	

	387,774	

	163	

	–	

	12,774	

–	

 215,798 

 390,000 

 1,307 

 215,798 

 386,690 

 1,307 

– 

– 

– 

(81,393)

– 

– 

(37,455)

 – 

(3,310)

– 

–	

–	

–	

–	

(1)  Loans and deposits exclude deferred premiums and deferred revenue, which are not financial instruments.
(2)  Other assets exclude land, buildings and equipment, goodwill and other intangible assets, reinsurers’ share of unpaid claims and adjustment expenses, future income tax asset, prepaid and  

  deferred expenses, financing costs and other items that are not financial instruments.

(3)  Other liabilities exclude future income tax liability, deferred revenue, unearned insurance premiums and other items that are not financial instruments.
(4)  For further information on interest rates associated with financial assets and liabilities, including derivative instruments, refer to Note 28.

The methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair values of financial instruments are as follows:

·  cash resources and securities are reported on the consolidated balance sheets at the fair value disclosed in Notes 3 and 4. These values are 
based on quoted market prices, if available. Where a quoted market price is not readily available, other valuation techniques are based on 
observable market rates used to estimate fair value;

·  loans reflect changes in the general level of interest rates that have occurred since the loans were originated and are net of the allowance for 
credit losses. For floating rate loans, fair value is assumed to be equal to book value as the interest rates on these loans automatically reprice 
to market. For all other loans, fair value is estimated by discounting the expected future cash flows of these loans at current market rates for 
loans with similar terms and risks;

·  other assets and other liabilities, with the exception of derivative financial instruments, are assumed to approximate their carrying value, due 

to their short-term nature;

·  for derivative financial instruments where an active market does not exist, fair values are determined using valuation techniques that refer to 
observable market data, including discounted cash flow analysis, option pricing models and other valuation techniques commonly used by 
market participants;

·  deposits with no stated maturity are assumed to be equal to their carrying values. The estimated fair values of fixed rate deposits are 

determined by discounting the contractual cash flows at current market rates for deposits of similar terms; and

·  the fair values of subordinated debentures are determined by reference to current market prices for debt with similar terms and risks.

Fair values are based on management’s best estimates based on market conditions and pricing policies at a certain point in time. The estimates 
are subjective and involve particular assumptions and matters of judgment and, as such, may not be reflective of future fair values.

88      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

 
	 	
	 	
	 	
   
   
   
	 	
	 	
 
	 	
		 	
	 	
   
   
   
	 	
	 	
	 	
   
   
	 	
	 	
	 	
   
   
   
	 	
	 	
	 	
   
   
   
 
	 	
	 	
	 	
    
   
	 	
	 	
	 	
   
   
   
	 	
	 	
	 	
   
   
   
 
	 	
	 	
	 	
   
   
   
30. 

risk management
As part of the Bank’s risk management practices, the risks that are significant to the business are identified, monitored and controlled. The 
most significant risks include credit risk, liquidity risk, market risk, insurance risk, operational risk and litigation risk. The nature of these risks 
and how they are managed is provided in the commentary on pages 54 to 57 of the MD&A.

As permitted by the CICA, certain of the risk management disclosure related to risks inherent with financial instruments is in the Management 
Discussion & Analysis (MD&A). The relevant MD&A sections are identified by shading and the shaded areas form an integral part of these 
audited consolidated financial statements.

Information on specific measures of risk, including the allowance for credit losses, derivative financial instruments, interest rate sensitivity, fair 
value of financial instruments and liability for unpaid claims are included elsewhere in these notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

31. 

capital management
OSFI requires banks to measure capital adequacy in accordance with instructions for determining risk-adjusted capital and risk-weighted assets, 
including off-balance sheet commitments. Based on the deemed credit risk of each type of asset, a weighting of 0% to 150% is assigned. As 
an example, a loan that is fully insured by the Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation (CMHC) is applied a risk weighting of 0% as the 
Bank’s risk of loss is nil, while uninsured commercial loans are assigned a risk weighting of 100% to reflect the higher level of risk associated 
with this type of asset. The ratio of regulatory capital to risk-weighted assets is calculated and compared to OSFI’s standards for Canadian 
financial institutions. Off-balance sheet assets, such as the notional amount of derivatives and some credit commitments, are included in the 
calculation of risk-weighted assets and both the credit risk equivalent and the risk-weight calculations are prescribed by OSFI. As Canadian 
Direct is subject to separate OSFI capital requirements specific to insurance companies, the Bank’s investment in CDI is deducted from total 
capital and CDI’s assets are excluded from the calculation of risk-weighted assets.

Current regulatory guidelines require banks to maintain a minimum ratio of capital to risk-weighted assets and off-balance sheet items of 8%, 
of which 4% must be core capital (Tier 1) and the remainder supplementary capital (Tier 2). However, OSFI has established that Canadian 
banks need to maintain a minimum total capital adequacy ratio of 10% with a Tier 1 ratio of not less than 7%. CWB’s Tier 1 capital is 
comprised of common shareholders’ equity and innovative capital (to a regulatory maximum of 15% of net Tier 1 capital), while Tier 2 capital 
includes subordinated debentures (to the regulatory maximum amount of 50% of net Tier 1 capital), the inclusion of the general allowance for 
credit losses (to the regulatory maximum) and any innovative capital not included in Tier 1.

Capital funds are managed in accordance with policies and plans that are regularly reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors and take 
into account forecasted capital needs and markets. The goal is to maintain adequate regulatory capital to be considered well capitalized, protect 
customer deposits and provide capacity for internally generated growth and strategic opportunities that do not otherwise require accessing the 
public capital markets, all while providing a satisfactory return for shareholders. 

The Bank has a share incentive plan that is provided to officers and employees who are in a position to materially impact the longer term 
financial success of the Bank as measured by share price appreciation and dividend yield. Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements 
details the number of shares under options outstanding, the weighted average exercise price and the amounts exercisable at year-end.

Basel II Capital Adequacy Accord

Effective November 1, 2007, the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions (OSFI) required Canadian financial institutions to 
manage and report regulatory capital in accordance with a new capital management framework, commonly called Basel II. Basel II introduced 
several significant changes to the risk-weighting of assets and the calculation of regulatory capital. The Bank has implemented the standardized 
approach to calculating risk-weighted assets for both credit and operational risk. Changes for CWB under Basel II include a reclassification 
into lower risk-weight categories for residential mortgages and loans to small- to medium-sized enterprises, as well as a new capital requirement 
related to operational risk. 

Basel II had a modest positive impact on the overall required level of regulatory capital for CWB. New procedures and system enhancements 
were developed to conform to the new framework, including the formalization of internal capital adequacy assessment processes.

During the year, the Bank complied with all internal and external capital requirements.

   WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      89

capital structure and regulatory ratios at year-end 
($ thousands)

Tier 1 Capital

Retained earnings

Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax(2)

Capital stock

Contributed surplus

Innovative capital instrument(3)

  Less goodwill of subsidiaries(7)

Total

Tier 2 Capital

General allowance for credit losses (Tier A)(4)

  Subordinated debentures (Tier B)(5)

Total

  Less investment in insurance subsidiary

Total Regulatory Capital

Regulatory Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

Tier 1 capital

Tier 2 capital

  Less investment in insurance subsidiary

Total Regulatory Capital Adequacy Ratio 
Assets to Regulatory Capital Multiple(6)

2008(1)

2007 

	 $	

448,203	

  $ 

372,739 

(6,973)

221,914	

14,234	

105,000	

(6,933)

775,445	

60,527	

380,000	

440,527	

(47,700)

(1,741) 

219,004 

9,681 

105,000 

(3,679) 

701,004 

55,627 

350,502 

406,129 

(47,864) 

		$	

1,168,272	

  $ 

1,059,269 

8.9%     
5.1%     
(0.5)%     
13.5%     

9.2	

9.1%

5.3%

(0.7)%

13.7%

9.1 

(1)  Regulatory capital and capital ratios are calculated in accordance with the requirements of the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions. Beginning in 2008, capital is managed  

  and reported in accordance with the requirements of the Basel II Capital Adequacy Accord (Basel II). Prior year ratios have been calculated using the previous framework. 

(2)  Accumulated other comprehensive income related to unrealized losses on certain available-for-sale equity securities, net of tax, reduces Tier 1 capital.
(3)  Innovative capital may be included in Tier 1 capital to a maximum of 15% of net Tier 1 capital. Any excess innovative capital outstanding is included in Tier 2B capital.
(4)  Banks are allowed to include their general allowance for credit losses up to a prescribed percentage of risk-weighted assets in Tier 2A capital. At October 31, 2008, the Bank’s general  

  allowance represented 0.70% (2007 – 0.72%) of risk-weighted assets.

(5)  Tier 2B capital may be included in Tier 2 capital to a maximum of 50% of net Tier 1 capital. Any excess Tier 2B capital is included in capital as net Tier 1 capital increases. At October 31, 2008,  

  $nil (2007 – $44,498) of subordinated debentures exceed the Tier 2B threshold and are available for inclusion in the future.

(6)  Total assets plus off-balance sheet credit instruments, such as letters of credit and guarantees, less goodwill divided by regulatory capital.
(7)  Beginning in 2008 with Basel II, goodwill related to the Bank’s trust and insurance subsidiaries is deducted from Tier 1 capital. Prior to 2008, goodwill related to the insurance subsidiary was  

  deducted from total capital.

90      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

 
	 		
    
	 		
    
				
    
				
    
				
    
				
    
				
    
 
				
    
				
    
				
    
				
    
	 		
	 		
	 		
	 		
	 		
    
32. 

segmented information
The Bank operates principally in two industry segments – banking and trust, and insurance. These two segments differ in products and services 
but are both within the same geographic region. 

The banking and trust segment provides services to personal clients and small- to medium-sized commercial business clients primarily in 
Western Canada. The insurance segment provides home and automobile insurance to individuals in Alberta and British Columbia.

Net interest income (teb)(1)

Less teb adjustment

Net interest income per financial statements 	 	
Other income(2)

Total revenues 

Provision for credit losses

Non-interest expenses(3)

Provision for income taxes
Net Income(5)
Total Average Assets ($ millions)(4)

Banking and Trust

2008    
   $ 

222,837	

2007 	 	

205,867 

		 $	

		 $	

Insurance

2008    
  $ 

5,780	

5,191	

217,646	

54,338	

271,984	

	12,000	

	125,748	

	40,589	

93,647	

9,747	

   $ 

   $ 

		 $	

   $	

5,023 

200,844 

 47,506 

 248,350 

 10,200 

 113,456 

 36,185 

88,509 

8,014 

		 $	

		 $	

480	

5,300	

	15,902	

	21,202	

 – 

	9,418	

	3,412	

8,372	

184	

  $ 

  $ 

2007 	 	
4,792 		 $	
387 		 	
4,405 	 	
15,315 		 	
19,720 		 	
– 		 	
8,478 		 	
3,469 		 	
7,773 		 $	
164 		 $	

Total
2008    
   $ 

228,617	

5,671	

222,946	

70,240	

293,186	

12,000	

135,166	

44,001	

102,019	

9,931	

   $ 

   $ 

2007

210,659 

5,410 

205,249 

62,821 

 268,070 

 10,200 

 121,934 

 39,654 

96,282 

8,178 

(1)  Taxable Equivalent Basis (teb) - Most banks analyze revenue on a taxable equivalent basis to permit uniform measurement and comparison of net interest income. Net interest income  

(as presented in the consolidated statements of income) includes tax-exempt income on certain securities. Since this income is not taxable, the rate of interest or dividends received is 
 significantly lower than would apply to a loan or security of the same amount. The adjustment to taxable equivalent basis increases interest income and the provision for income taxes 
 to what they would have been had the tax-exempt securities been taxed at the statutory rate. The taxable equivalent basis does not have a standardized meaning prescribed by GAAP and,  
therefore, may not be comparable to similar measures presented by other banks.

(2)  Other income for the insurance segment is presented net of claims, adjustment costs and policy acquisition costs (see Note 21) and also includes the gain on the sale of securities.
(3)  Amortization of intangible assets of $276 (2007 – $293) is included in the banking and trust segment and $250 (2007 – $250) in the insurance segment. Amortization of land, buildings and  
  equipment total $5,040 (2007 – $4,365) for the banking and trust segment and $1,330 (2007 – $1,109) for the insurance segment while additions amounted to $10,552 (2007 – $6,010) for  
the banking and trust segment and $1,975 (2007 – $1,002) for the insurance segment. Goodwill of $3,679 (2007 – $3,679) is allocated to the banking and trust segment and $3,254 (2007 –  

  $3,254) to the insurance segment. 

(4)  Assets are disclosed on an average daily balance basis as this measure is most relevant to a financial institution and is the measure reviewed by management.
(5)  Transactions between the segments are reported at the exchange amount, which approximates fair market value.

33. 

subsequent event
On December 1, 2008, the Bank acquired 72.5% ownership of Adroit Investment Management Ltd. with an effective date of November 
1, 2008. Adroit Investment Management Ltd. is an Edmonton, Alberta based firm specializing in wealth management for individuals, 
corporations and institutional clients. 

34. 

subsidiaries and affiliate

canadian western bank subsidiaries(1) 
(annexed in accordance with subsection 308(3) of the Bank Act)  

October 31, 2008

Canadian Direct Insurance Incorporated  

Canadian Western Trust Company 

Valiant Trust Company 

Canadian Western Financial Ltd. 

Canadian Western Bank Capital Trust(3) 

Address of 
Head Office 

Suite 600, 750 Cambie Street 
Vancouver, British Columbia 

Suite 2300, 10303 Jasper Avenue 
Edmonton, Alberta 

Suite 310, 606 4th St. S.W. 
Calgary, Alberta 

Suite 2300, 10303 Jasper Avenue 
Edmonton, Alberta 

Suite 2300, 10303 Jasper Avenue 
Edmonton, Alberta 

Carrying Value of 
Voting Shares Owned  
(2)
  by the Bank

$ 

 50,820  

45,879  

 13,982  

 1,334  

1,000  

(1)  The Bank owns 100% of the voting shares of each entity.
(2)  The carrying value of voting shares is stated at the Bank’s equity in the subsidiaries.
(3)  In accordance with accounting standards, this entity is not consolidated as the Bank is not the primary beneficiary.

   WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      91

   
  	
	 	
	 		
    
		 	
   
    
   
	 	
   
    
		 	
   
	 	
   
    
		 	
   
	 	
   
   
	 	
   
   
   
   
	 	
   
	 	
   
   
	 	
   
	 	
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SENIOR OFFICERS

SENIOR OFFICERS

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Larry M. Pollock
President	and		
Chief	Executive	Officer

William J. Addington, FCMA
Executive	Vice	President

Tracey C. Ball, FCA
Executive	Vice	President		
and	Chief	Financial	Officer

Chris H. Fowler
Executive	Vice	President	

Randy W. Garvey, FCMA
Executive	Vice	President

Brian J. young
Executive	Vice	President

CORPORATE OFFICE 

Lars K. Christensen
Vice	President	and		
Chief	Internal	Auditor

Dennis Crough
Vice	President	
Credit	Risk	Management

Richard R. Gilpin
Senior	Vice	President	
Credit	Risk	Management

Ricki L. Golick
Senior	Vice	President		
and	Treasurer	

Carolyn J. Graham
Vice	President	and		
Chief	Accountant	

Gail L. Harding, Q.C.
Vice	President	
General	Counsel	and	
Corporate	Secretary

Blair Himmelreich
Acting	Vice	President	
Finance

Darrell Jones
Vice	President	and	
Chief	Information	Officer

uve Knaak
Senior	Vice	President	
Human	Resources

Peter K. Morrison
Vice	President	
Marketing	and	Product	
Development

David R. Pogue
Vice	President	
Corporate	Development

COMMERCIAL AND  
RETAIL BANKING

James O. Burke
Vice	President	
Equipment	Financing	Group

Michael N. Halliwell
Senior	Vice	President	and		
Regional	General	Manager		

Gregory J. Sprung
Senior	Vice	President	and		
Regional	General	Manager		

Jack C. Wright
Senior	Vice	President	and	
Regional	General	Manager

CANADIAN  
WESTERN TRUST

Adrian M. Baker
Vice	President	and		
Chief	Operating	Officer	
Trust	Services

Scott Scobie
General	Manager

CANADIAN  
DIRECT INSURANCE

Brian J. young
President	and		
Chief	Executive	Officer

Susannah M. Bach
Vice	President	
Corporate	and		
Strategic	Operations

Colin G. Brown
Chief	Operating	Officer

Michael Martino
Chief	Financial	Officer

Vince M. Muto
Vice	President	
Claims

VALIANT TRUST

Adrian M. Baker
President

Matt K. Colpitts
General	Manager

OMBUDSMAN

R. Graham Gilbert

Back row:  (L – R) Larry Pollock, Arnold Shell, Gerald McGavin, Alan Rowe,  
Robert Phillips, Robert Manning  Front row:  Charles Allard, Albrecht Bellstedt,  
Jack Donald, Wendy Leaney, Allan Jackson, Howard Pechet

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Charles R. Allard
President	
Rosedale	Meadows	Development	Inc.	
Edmonton,	Alberta

Robert L. Phillips
President	
R.L.	Phillips	Investments	Inc.
Vancouver,	British	Columbia

Larry M. Pollock
President	and		
Chief	Executive	Officer	
Canadian	Western	Bank		
Edmonton,	Alberta

Alan M. Rowe
Partner	
Crown	Capital	Partners	Inc.		
and	Crown	Realty	Partners	
Toronto,	Ontario

Arnold J. Shell
President	
Arnold	J.	Shell	Consulting	Inc.	
Calgary,	Alberta

DIRECTORS EMERITUS

John Goldberg 
Jordan L. Golding 
Arthur G. Hiller 
Peter M.S. Longcroft 
Alma M. McConnell  
Dr. Maurice W. Nicholson 
Dr. Maurice M. Pechet

Albrecht W. A. Bellstedt, Q.C.
President	
A.W.A.	Bellstedt		
Professional	Corporation	
Canmore,	Alberta

Jack C. Donald (Chairman)
President	and		
Chief	Executive	Officer	
Parkland	Properties	Ltd.	
Red	Deer,	Alberta

Allan W. Jackson
President	and		
Chief	Executive	Officer	
ARCI	Ltd.	
Calgary,	Alberta

Wendy A. Leaney
President	
Wyoming	Associates	Ltd.	
Toronto,	Ontario

Robert A. Manning
President	
Cathton	Holdings	Ltd.	
Edmonton,	Alberta

Gerald A.B. McGavin, O.B.C.
President	
McGavin	Properties	Ltd.	
Vancouver,	British	Columbia

Howard E. Pechet
President	
Mayfield	Consulting	Inc.	
Rancho	Mirage,	California,	USA

92      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

Online Investor Information
Additional	investor	information,	including	
supplemental	financial	information	and	a	
corporate	presentation,	is	available	on	our	
website	at	www.cwbankgroup.com

Complaints or Concerns  
regarding Accounting,  
Internal Accounting  
Controls or Auditing  
Matters
Please	contact	either:	
Tracey C. Ball, FCA
Executive	Vice	President		
and	Chief	Financial	Officer	
Canadian	Western	Bank
Telephone:	(780)	423–8855
Fax:	(780)	423–8899
Email:	tracey.ball@cwbank.com
or
Robert A. Manning
Chairman	of	the	Audit	Committee	
Canadian	Western	Bank	
c/o	210	–	5324	Calgary	Trail
Edmonton,	Alberta	T6H	4J8
Telephone:	(780)	438–2626
Fax:	(780)	438–2632
Email:	rmanning@shawbiz.ca	

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

Canadian Western  
Bank & Trust
Head Office
2300,	Canadian		
Western	Bank	Place	
10303	Jasper	Avenue	
Edmonton,	Alberta	T5J	3X6	
Telephone:	(780)	423–8888	
Fax:	(780)	423–8897	
Website:	www.cwbankgroup.com

SUBSIDIARY REGIONAL OFFICE
Canadian Western Trust
600,	750	Cambie	Street	
Vancouver,	B.C.	V6B	0A2	
Toll-free:	(800)	663–1124	
Fax:	(604)	669–6069	
Website:	www.cwt.ca

Canadian  
Direct Insurance
600,	750	Cambie	Street	
Vancouver,	B.C.	V6B	0A2	
Telephone:	(604)	699–3678	
Fax:	(604)	699–3851	
Website:	www.canadiandirect.com

Valiant Trust
310,	606	–	4th	Street	S.W.	
Calgary,	Alberta		T2P	1T1	
Telephone:	(403)	233–2801	
Fax:	(403)	233–2857	
Website:	www.valianttrust.com

Adroit Investment  
Management Ltd.
2020	Scotia	Place
10060	Jasper	Avenue
Edmonton,	Alberta	T5J	3R8
Phone:	(780)	429–3500
Fax:	(780)	429–9680

Stock Exchange Listing
The	Toronto	Stock	Exchange	
Share	Symbol:	CWB

Transfer Agent and  
Registrar Mailing Address
Valiant Trust
310,	606	–	4th	Street	S.W.	
Calgary,	Alberta		T2P	1T1	
Toll-free:	(866)	313-1872	
Fax:	(403)	233–2857

Corporate Secretary
Gail L. Harding, Q.C.
Vice	President	
General	Counsel	and	Corporate	Secretary	
2300,	Canadian		
Western	Bank	Place	
10303	Jasper	Avenue	
Edmonton,	Alberta	T5J	3X6	
Telephone:	(780)	969–1525	
Fax:	(780)	423–8899	

Inquiries From Shareholders
Any	notification	regarding	change	of	
address	or	change	in	registration	of	
shares	should	be	directed	to	the	Transfer	
Agent.	Any	inquiries	other	than	change	of	
address	or	change	in	registration	may	be	
directed	to	the	Assistant	Vice	President,	
Investor	and	Public	Relations.

Annual Meeting
The	annual	meeting	of	the	common	
shareholders	of	Canadian	Western		
Bank	will	be	held	on	March	5th,	2009		
at	the	Westin	Hotel	in	Edmonton,	AB	at	
3:00	p.m.	MT	(1:00	p.m.	ET).

Investor Relations
For	further	financial	information,	contact:	
Kirby Hill
Assistant	Vice	President		
Investor	and	Public	Relations		
Canadian	Western	Bank	
Toll-free:	(800)	836–1886	
Fax:	(780)	423–8899	
Email:	InvestorRelations@cwbank.com	
or	visit	our	website	at		
www.cwbankgroup.com	

Recycled	an

   WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT      93

LOCATIONS

Canadian  
Western Bank

REGIONAL OFFICES

British Columbia
22nd	Floor		
666	Burrard	Street	
Vancouver	
(604)	669–0081	
Greg	Sprung

Northern Alberta
2300,	10303		
Jasper	Avenue		
Edmonton	
(780)	423–8888	
Jack	Wright

Prairies
606	–	4	Street	S.W.	
Calgary	
(403)	262–8700	
Michael	Halliwell

Equipment Financing
300,	5222	–	130		
Avenue	S.E.	
Calgary	
(403)	257–8235	
Jim	Burke

ALBERTA
EDMONTON

Edmonton Main
11350	Jasper	Avenue	
(780)	424–4846	
Mike	McInnis

103 Street
10303	Jasper	Avenue	
(780)	423–8801	
Gary	Mitchell

Old Strathcona
7933	–	104	Street	
(780)	433–4286	
Donna	Austin

South Edmonton 
Common
2142	–	99	Street	
(780)	988–8607	
Wayne	Dosman

West Point
17603	–	100	Avenue	
(780)	484–7407	
David	Hardy

CALGARY

Calgary Main
606	–	4	Street	S.W.	
(403)	262–8700	
Glen	Eastwood

Calgary Chinook
6606	MacLeod	Trail	S.W.	
(403)	252–2299		
Lew	Christie

Calgary Foothills
6127	Barlow	Trail	S.E.	
(403)	269–9882	
Chris	Minke

Calgary Northeast
2810	–	32	Avenue	N.E.	
(403)	250–8838	
June	Lavigueur

Calgary South  
Trail Crossing
300,	5222	–	130		
Avenue	S.E.	
(403)	257–8235	
Jay	Neubauer

GRANDE PRAIRIE 
11226	–	100	Avenue	
(780)	831–1888	
Todd	Kramer

LEDUC
5407	Discovery	Way	
(780)	986–9858	
Terry	Gould

LETHBRIDGE
744	–	4	Avenue	South	
(403)	328–9199	
Don	Grummett

MEDICINE HAT
102,	1111	Kingsway		
Avenue	S.E.	
(403)	527–7321	
Les	Erickson

RED DEER
4822	–	51	Avenue	
(403)	341–4000	
Don	Odell

ST. ALBERT
300,	700	St.	Albert	Road	
(780)	458–4001	
Jeff	Suggitt

BRITISH COLUMBIA

VANCOUVER

Kitsilano
3190	West	Broadway	
(604)	732–4262	
Demetra	Papaspyros

Park Place
100,	666	Burrard	Street	
(604)	688–8711	
Rob	Berzins

Vancouver Real Estate 
22nd	Floor		
666	Burrard	Street	
(604)	669–0081	
Kenneth	Cutting

West Broadway
110,	1333	West	Broadway	
(604)	730–8818	
Jules	Mihalyi

VICTORIA
1201	Douglas	Street	
(250)	383–1206	
Bob	Granger

COQUITLAM
310,	101		
Schoolhouse	Street	
(604)	523–5250

ABBOTSFORD
100,	2548	Clearbrook	Road	
(604)	855–4941	
Rick	Howard

COQUITLAM
310,	101		
Schoolhouse	Street	
(604)	540–8829	
Ron	Baker

COURTENAY
200,	470	Puntledge	Road	
(250)	334–8888	
Alan	Dafoe

CRANBROOK
2nd	Floor,	Suite	A		
828	Baker	Street	
(250)	426–1140	
Mike	Eckersley

KAMLOOPS
112,	300	Columbia	Street	
(250)	828–1070	
Hugh	Sutherland

KELOWNA

Kelowna
1674	Bertram	Street	
(250)	862–8008	
Grant	Fletcher

Kelowna Industrial
101,	1505	Harvey	Avenue	
(250)	860–0088	
Jim	Kruiper

LANGLEY
100,	19915	–	64	Avenue	
(604)	539–5088	
Craig	Martin

NANAIMO
101,	6475	Metral	Drive	
(250)	390–0088	
Russ	Burke

PRINCE GEORGE 
300	Victoria	Street	
(250)	612–0123	
David	Duck

SURREY 
1,	7548	–	120	Street	
(604)	591–1898	
Bob	Duffield

SASKATCHEWAN

REGINA
100,	1881	Scarth	Street	
The	Hill	Center	Tower	II	
(306)	757–8888	
Kelly	Dennis

SASKATOON
244	–	2	Avenue	
(306)	477–8888	
Ron	Kowalenko

YORKTON
45,	277	Broadway		
Street	East	
(306)	782–1002	
Barb	Apps

MANITOBA

WINNIPEG
230	Portage	Avenue	
(204)	956–4669	
Robert	Bean

Canadian  
Western Trust
VANCOUVER
600,	750	Cambie	Street	
(604)	685–2081

Real Estate Lending
22nd	Floor		
666	Burrard	Street	
(604)	669–0081

BURLINGTON
201A,	3190		
Harvester	Road	
(905)	631–5342

CALGARY
200,	606	–	4	Street	S.W.	
(403)	717–3145

Optimum Mortgage
EDMONTON
2300,	10303		
Jasper	Avenue	
(780)	423–9748

CALGARY
300,	5222	–	130		
Avenue	S.E.	
(403)	726–8239

VANCOUVER
100,	666	Burrard	Street	
(604)	602–2773

WINNIPEG
230	Portage	Avenue	
(204)	926–1547

Canadian  
Direct Insurance 
VANCOUVER
600,	750	Cambie	Street	
(604)	699–3678

EDMONTON
500,	10115	–	100A	Street	
(780)	413–5933

Valiant Trust
CALGARY
310,	606	–	4	Street	S.W.	
(403)	233–2801

EDMONTON
2300,	10303		
Jasper	Avenue	
(780)	423–8888

TORONTO
2950,	130	King		
Street	West		
P.O.	Box	34	
(416)	360–1481

VANCOUVER
600,	750	Cambie	Street		
(604)	699–4880

Canadian  
Western Financial
EDMONTON
2300,	10303		
Jasper	Avenue	
(780)	423–8888

Canadian  
Direct Financial
EDMONTON  
2300,	10303		
Jasper	Avenue	
1–877–441–2249

94      WINNING THE WEST			CWB	2008	ANNUAL	REPORT

OUR HISTORY OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

FIVE YEAR FINANCIAL SUMMARY

total assets ($ millions)

total loans ($ millions)

12,000

10,000

8,000

6,000

4,000

4,919

5,705

10,601

9,525

7,268

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

10,000

8,000

6,000

4,000

2,000

0

8,624

7,406

5,782

4,590

3,930

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

total revenues (teb) ($ millions)

net income ($ millions)

299

273

222

186

152

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

provision for credit losses
(as a percentage of average loans)

0.25% 0.24%

0.20%

0.16%

0.15%

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

100

75

50

25

0

102

96

72

54

44

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

efficiency ratio (teb)
(expenses to revenues)

49.5% 48.6% 46.0% 44.6%

45.2%

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2,000

0

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

1.00

0.75

0.50

0.25

0.00

($	thousands,	except	per	share	amounts)
($ thousands, except per share amounts)

Results of Operations
Net	interest	income	(teb)(1)
Less	teb	adjustment
Net	interest	income	per	financial	statements
Other	income
Total	revenues	(teb)
Total	revenues
Net	income
Return	on	common	shareholders’	equity(2)
Return	on	average	total	assets(3)
Per Common Share(4)
Average	common	shares	outstanding	(thousands)
Earnings	per	share

Basic
Diluted
Dividends(5)
Book	value
Market	price

High
Low
				Close

Balance Sheet and Off-Balance Sheet Summary
Assets
Cash	resources,	securities	and	repurchase	agreements
Loans
Deposits
Subordinated	debentures
Shareholders’	equity
Assets	under	administration

Capital Adequacy
Tangible	common	equity	to	risk-weighted	assets(6)
Tier	1	ratio(7)
Total	ratio(7)

Other Information
Efficiency	ratio	(teb)(8)
Efficiency	ratio
Net	interest	margin	(teb)(9)
Net	interest	margin
Provision	for	credit	losses

as	a	percentage	of	average	loans

Net	impaired	loans	as	a	percentage	of	total	loans
Number	of	full-time	equivalent	staff	
Number	of	bank	branches

	 $	

	 $	

2008	

2007	

2006	

2005	

2004	

	 $	

	228,617
5,671
222,946
70,240
298,857
293,186
102,019

	 $	

	 $	

	 $	

210,659
5,410
205,249
62,821
273,480
268,070
96,282

168,684
4,078
164,606
53,086
221,770
217,692
72,007

140,320
3,975
136,345
45,561
185,881
181,906
54,391

117,236
3,898
113,338
35,052
152,288
148,390
44,161

15.9% 	 	
1.03

17.4% 	 	
1.18

14.8% 	 	
1.12

12.7% 	 	
1.03

12.9%
0.97

	 $	

63,214

	1.61
1.58
0.4200
10.70

32.20
14.67
18.44

62,354

61,514

60,394

53,564

	 $	

1.54
1.50
0.3400
9.48

30.86
20.78
30.77

	 $	

1.17
1.13
0.2500
8.39

22.78
16.64
21.15

	 $	

0.90
0.87
0.1900
7.48

20.35
11.04
17.60

0.83
0.75
0.1875
6.73

12.07
9.57
11.92

	 $	 10,600,732
1,798,137
8,624,069
9,245,719
375,000
679,148
4,347,723

	 $	 9,525,040
1,961,241
7,405,580
8,256,918
390,000
595,493
4,283,900

	 $	 7,268,360
1,332,987
5,781,837
6,297,007
198,126
519,530
3,344,414

	 $	 5,705,028
976,000
4,590,263
4,913,307
128,126
457,990
2,649,065

	 $	 4,918,895
848,179
3,930,114
4,267,788
110,600
367,589
1,759,473

7.7% 	 	
8.9 	 	
13.5 	 	

45.2% 	 	
46.1 	 	
2.30 	 	
2.25 	 	

0.15	
	0.19	
	1,284	
36	

7.7% 	 	
9.1 	 	
13.7 	 	

44.6% 	 	
45.5 	 	
2.58 	 	
2.51 	 	

0.16	
(0.57)
1,185	
35	

8.6% 	 	
10.1 	 	
13.7 	 	

46.0% 	 	
46.9 	 	
2.62 	 	
2.56 	 	

0.20	
	(0.75)
1,097	
33	

9.7% 	 	
9.7 	 	
12.4 	 	

48.6% 	 	
49.7 	 	
2.66 	 	
2.59 	 	

0.24	
	(0.68)
	999	
31	

9.0%
9.0
11.8

49.5%
50.8
2.57
2.48

0.25
	(0.36)
	936	
	29	

(1)  Most banks analyze revenue on a taxable equivalent basis (teb) to permit uniform measurement and comparison of net interest income. Net interest income (as presented in the consolidated statement of income) 

includes tax-exempt income on certain securities. Since this income is not taxable, the rate of interest or dividend received is significantly lower than would apply to a loan or security of the same amount. The adjustment 
to taxable equivalent basis increases interest income and the provision for income taxes to what they would have been had the tax-exempt securities been taxed at the statutory rate. The taxable equivalent basis does 
not have a standardized meaning prescribed by generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and, therefore, may not be comparable to similar measures presented by other banks.

(2)  Return on shareholders’ equity is calculated as net income divided by average shareholders’ equity.
(3)  Return on assets is calculated as net income divided by average total assets.
(4)  Stock dividends effecting a two-for-one split of the Bank’s common shares were paid in 2005 and 2007. All prior period common share and per common share information has been restated to reflect these effective splits.
(5)  The dividend policy was amended to be quarterly instead of semi-annually during the first quarter of fiscal 2004. The dividend rate for fiscal 2004 appears unusually high as it includes the last semi-annual dividend of 

$0.0750 per share paid in the first quarter and quarterly dividends of $0.0375 paid in subsequent quarters.

(6)  Tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets is calculated as shareholders’ equity less trust subsidiary goodwill divided by risk-weighted assets, calculated in accordance with guidelines issued by the Office of the 
Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada (OSFI). As of November 1, 2007, OSFI adopted a new capital management framework called Basel II and capital is now managed and reported in accordance with those 
requirements. Prior year ratios have been calculated using the previous framework.

(7)  Tier 1 and total capital adequacy ratios are calculated in accordance with guidelines issued by OSFI. As of November 1, 2007, OSFI adopted a new capital management framework called Basel II and capital is now managed 

and reported in accordance with those requirements. Prior year ratios have been calculated using the previous framework. 

(8)  Efficiency ratio is calculated as non-interest expenses divided by total revenues.
(9)  Net interest margin is calculated as net interest income divided by average total assets.

The front end of this annual report was printed on TopKote

ISO 14001 certified, Manufactured using primarily renewable energy sources, Contains 
20-30% Pre-consumer waste, Alternative Fiber: 75% Eucalyptus and 15% Acacia, Acid Free, 
Elemental Chlorine Free

The MD&A and the Financial Statements of this annual report were printed on Synergy

Elemental Chlorine Free, Archival, Acid Free, 100% Post-consumer waste, Elemental Chlorine Free

DESIGNED BY VISION CREATIVE INC.     WWW.VISIONCREATIVEINC.COM

	 	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
			
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
			
			
	 	
	 	
	 		
	 		
	 		
	 		
	 	
c
a
n
a
d
i
a
n
w
e
s
t
e
r
n
b
a
n
k
2
0
0
8
a
n
n
u
a
l
r
e
p
o
r
t

i

i

w
n
n
n
g
t
h
e
w
e
s
t
f
o
r
2
5
y
e
a
r
s

for

years

CANADIAN
WESTERN 
BANK GROUP

BANK · TRUST · INSURANCE

CCWWBB

CANADIAN WESTERN BANK GROUP

BANK · TRUST · INSURANCE

CCWWBB

2008 annual report    

25 
25 
YEARS 
YEARS 
AGO...
AGO...

...we made a promise to western 
...we made a promise to western 
Canadians: we will invest our allegiance, 
Canadians: we will invest our allegiance, 
our resources and our future in Western 
our resources and our future in Western 
Canada; we will support the endeavours 
Canada; we will support the endeavours 
of individuals and businesses in the west; 
of individuals and businesses in the west; 
we will work diligently to win the trust 
we will work diligently to win the trust 
and loyalty of our employees, customers 
and loyalty of our employees, customers 
and shareholders; we will create ongoing 
and shareholders; we will create ongoing 
opportunities for all stakeholders.
opportunities for all stakeholders.